author | mickeyl <mickeyl> | 2005-06-26 12:18:37 (UTC) |
---|---|---|
committer | mickeyl <mickeyl> | 2005-06-26 12:18:37 (UTC) |
commit | 53f924947144ddbb3e15d3bd1ddc877073c7ec7f (patch) (unidiff) | |
tree | 501e5658099d63309fbf56fc7bd046c0a174a024 | |
parent | d5a2b0d5ca4daa11894c52f3599dab56205bef4c (diff) | |
download | opie-53f924947144ddbb3e15d3bd1ddc877073c7ec7f.zip opie-53f924947144ddbb3e15d3bd1ddc877073c7ec7f.tar.gz opie-53f924947144ddbb3e15d3bd1ddc877073c7ec7f.tar.bz2 |
get the default gfx driver from QWS_DISPLAY instead of hardcoding
it to 'Transformed' when launching rotated apps.
Patch courtesy Manuel Teira
-rw-r--r-- | library/applnk.cpp | 6 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | library/qpeapplication.cpp | 5 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | library/qpeapplication.h | 5 |
3 files changed, 12 insertions, 4 deletions
diff --git a/library/applnk.cpp b/library/applnk.cpp index c82d3b9..874a1b6 100644 --- a/library/applnk.cpp +++ b/library/applnk.cpp | |||
@@ -1,1531 +1,1533 @@ | |||
1 | /********************************************************************** | 1 | /********************************************************************** |
2 | ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. | 2 | ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. |
3 | ** | 3 | ** |
4 | ** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. | 4 | ** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. |
5 | ** | 5 | ** |
6 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the | 6 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the |
7 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software | 7 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software |
8 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the | 8 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the |
9 | ** packaging of this file. | 9 | ** packaging of this file. |
10 | ** | 10 | ** |
11 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE | 11 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE |
12 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | 12 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. |
13 | ** | 13 | ** |
14 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. | 14 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. |
15 | ** | 15 | ** |
16 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are | 16 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are |
17 | ** not clear to you. | 17 | ** not clear to you. |
18 | ** | 18 | ** |
19 | **********************************************************************/ | 19 | **********************************************************************/ |
20 | 20 | ||
21 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_MIMEEXT | 21 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_MIMEEXT |
22 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_PRELOADACCESS | 22 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_PRELOADACCESS |
23 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_APPLNKASSIGN | 23 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_APPLNKASSIGN |
24 | 24 | ||
25 | #include "applnk.h" | 25 | #include "applnk.h" |
26 | 26 | ||
27 | #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> | 27 | #include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> |
28 | #include <qpe/categories.h> | 28 | #include <qpe/categories.h> |
29 | #include <qpe/categoryselect.h> | 29 | #include <qpe/categoryselect.h> |
30 | #include <qpe/global.h> | 30 | #include <qpe/global.h> |
31 | #include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h> | 31 | #include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h> |
32 | #include <qpe/mimetype.h> | 32 | #include <qpe/mimetype.h> |
33 | #include <qpe/config.h> | 33 | #include <qpe/config.h> |
34 | #include <qpe/storage.h> | 34 | #include <qpe/storage.h> |
35 | #include <qpe/resource.h> | 35 | #include <qpe/resource.h> |
36 | 36 | ||
37 | #include <qdir.h> | 37 | #include <qdir.h> |
38 | 38 | ||
39 | 39 | ||
40 | #include <stdlib.h> | 40 | #include <stdlib.h> |
41 | 41 | ||
42 | int AppLnk::lastId = 5000; | 42 | int AppLnk::lastId = 5000; |
43 | 43 | ||
44 | static int smallSize = 14; | 44 | static int smallSize = 14; |
45 | static int bigSize = 32; | 45 | static int bigSize = 32; |
46 | 46 | ||
47 | static QString safeFileName(const QString& n) | 47 | static QString safeFileName(const QString& n) |
48 | { | 48 | { |
49 | QString safename=n; | 49 | QString safename=n; |
50 | safename.replace(QRegExp("[^0-9A-Za-z.]"),"_"); | 50 | safename.replace(QRegExp("[^0-9A-Za-z.]"),"_"); |
51 | safename.replace(QRegExp("^[^A-Za-z]*"),""); | 51 | safename.replace(QRegExp("^[^A-Za-z]*"),""); |
52 | if ( safename.isEmpty() ) | 52 | if ( safename.isEmpty() ) |
53 | safename = "_"; | 53 | safename = "_"; |
54 | return safename; | 54 | return safename; |
55 | } | 55 | } |
56 | 56 | ||
57 | static bool prepareDirectories(const QString& lf) | 57 | static bool prepareDirectories(const QString& lf) |
58 | { | 58 | { |
59 | if ( !QFile::exists(lf) ) { | 59 | if ( !QFile::exists(lf) ) { |
60 | // May need to create directories | 60 | // May need to create directories |
61 | QFileInfo fi(lf); | 61 | QFileInfo fi(lf); |
62 | if ( system(("mkdir -p "+fi.dirPath(TRUE))) ) | 62 | if ( system(("mkdir -p "+fi.dirPath(TRUE))) ) |
63 | return FALSE; | 63 | return FALSE; |
64 | } | 64 | } |
65 | return TRUE; | 65 | return TRUE; |
66 | } | 66 | } |
67 | 67 | ||
68 | class AppLnkPrivate | 68 | class AppLnkPrivate |
69 | { | 69 | { |
70 | public: | 70 | public: |
71 | /* the size of the Pixmap */ | 71 | /* the size of the Pixmap */ |
72 | enum Size {Normal = 0, Big }; | 72 | enum Size {Normal = 0, Big }; |
73 | AppLnkPrivate() { | 73 | AppLnkPrivate() { |
74 | /* we want one normal and one big item */ | 74 | /* we want one normal and one big item */ |
75 | 75 | ||
76 | QPixmap pix; | 76 | QPixmap pix; |
77 | mPixmaps.insert(0, pix ); | 77 | mPixmaps.insert(0, pix ); |
78 | mPixmaps.insert(1, pix); | 78 | mPixmaps.insert(1, pix); |
79 | } | 79 | } |
80 | 80 | ||
81 | QStringList mCatList; // always correct | 81 | QStringList mCatList; // always correct |
82 | QArray<int> mCat; // cached value; correct if not empty | 82 | QArray<int> mCat; // cached value; correct if not empty |
83 | QMap<int, QPixmap> mPixmaps; | 83 | QMap<int, QPixmap> mPixmaps; |
84 | 84 | ||
85 | void updateCatListFromArray() | 85 | void updateCatListFromArray() |
86 | { | 86 | { |
87 | Categories cat( 0 ); | 87 | Categories cat( 0 ); |
88 | cat.load( categoryFileName() ); | 88 | cat.load( categoryFileName() ); |
89 | // we need to update the names for the mCat... to mCatList | 89 | // we need to update the names for the mCat... to mCatList |
90 | mCatList.clear(); | 90 | mCatList.clear(); |
91 | for (uint i = 0; i < mCat.count(); i++ ) | 91 | for (uint i = 0; i < mCat.count(); i++ ) |
92 | mCatList << cat.label("Document View", mCat[i] ); | 92 | mCatList << cat.label("Document View", mCat[i] ); |
93 | 93 | ||
94 | } | 94 | } |
95 | 95 | ||
96 | void setCatArrayDirty() | 96 | void setCatArrayDirty() |
97 | { | 97 | { |
98 | mCat.resize(0); | 98 | mCat.resize(0); |
99 | } | 99 | } |
100 | 100 | ||
101 | void ensureCatArray() | 101 | void ensureCatArray() |
102 | { | 102 | { |
103 | if ( mCat.count() > 0 || mCatList.count()==0 ) | 103 | if ( mCat.count() > 0 || mCatList.count()==0 ) |
104 | return; | 104 | return; |
105 | 105 | ||
106 | Categories cat( 0 ); | 106 | Categories cat( 0 ); |
107 | cat.load( categoryFileName() ); | 107 | cat.load( categoryFileName() ); |
108 | mCat.resize( mCatList.count() ); | 108 | mCat.resize( mCatList.count() ); |
109 | int i; | 109 | int i; |
110 | QStringList::ConstIterator it; | 110 | QStringList::ConstIterator it; |
111 | for ( i = 0, it = mCatList.begin(); it != mCatList.end(); | 111 | for ( i = 0, it = mCatList.begin(); it != mCatList.end(); |
112 | ++it, i++ ) { | 112 | ++it, i++ ) { |
113 | 113 | ||
114 | bool number; | 114 | bool number; |
115 | int id = (*it).toInt( &number ); | 115 | int id = (*it).toInt( &number ); |
116 | if ( !number ) { | 116 | if ( !number ) { |
117 | id = cat.id( "Document View", *it ); | 117 | id = cat.id( "Document View", *it ); |
118 | if ( id == 0 ) | 118 | if ( id == 0 ) |
119 | id = cat.addCategory( "Document View", *it ); | 119 | id = cat.addCategory( "Document View", *it ); |
120 | } | 120 | } |
121 | mCat[i] = id; | 121 | mCat[i] = id; |
122 | } | 122 | } |
123 | } | 123 | } |
124 | }; | 124 | }; |
125 | 125 | ||
126 | /*! | 126 | /*! |
127 | \class AppLnk applnk.h | 127 | \class AppLnk applnk.h |
128 | \brief The AppLnk class represents an application available on the system. | 128 | \brief The AppLnk class represents an application available on the system. |
129 | 129 | ||
130 | Every Qtopia application \e app has a corresponding \e app.desktop | 130 | Every Qtopia application \e app has a corresponding \e app.desktop |
131 | file. When one of these files is read its data is stored as an | 131 | file. When one of these files is read its data is stored as an |
132 | AppLnk object. | 132 | AppLnk object. |
133 | 133 | ||
134 | The AppLnk class introduces some Qtopia-specific concepts, and | 134 | The AppLnk class introduces some Qtopia-specific concepts, and |
135 | provides a variety of functions, as described in the following | 135 | provides a variety of functions, as described in the following |
136 | sections. | 136 | sections. |
137 | \tableofcontents | 137 | \tableofcontents |
138 | 138 | ||
139 | \target Types | 139 | \target Types |
140 | \section1 Types | 140 | \section1 Types |
141 | 141 | ||
142 | Every AppLnk object has a \e type. For applications, games and | 142 | Every AppLnk object has a \e type. For applications, games and |
143 | settings the type is \c Application; for documents the | 143 | settings the type is \c Application; for documents the |
144 | type is the document's MIME type. | 144 | type is the document's MIME type. |
145 | 145 | ||
146 | \target files-and-links | 146 | \target files-and-links |
147 | \section1 Files and Links | 147 | \section1 Files and Links |
148 | 148 | ||
149 | When you create an AppLnk (or more likely, a \link doclnk.html | 149 | When you create an AppLnk (or more likely, a \link doclnk.html |
150 | DocLnk\endlink), you don't deal directly with filenames in the | 150 | DocLnk\endlink), you don't deal directly with filenames in the |
151 | filesystem. Instead you do this: | 151 | filesystem. Instead you do this: |
152 | \code | 152 | \code |
153 | DocLnk d; | 153 | DocLnk d; |
154 | d.setType("text/plain"); | 154 | d.setType("text/plain"); |
155 | d.setName("My Nicely Named Document / Whatever"); // Yes, "/" is legal. | 155 | d.setName("My Nicely Named Document / Whatever"); // Yes, "/" is legal. |
156 | \endcode | 156 | \endcode |
157 | At this point, the file() and linkFile() are unknown. Normally | 157 | At this point, the file() and linkFile() are unknown. Normally |
158 | this is uninteresting, and the names become automatically known, | 158 | this is uninteresting, and the names become automatically known, |
159 | and more importantly, becomes reserved, when you ask what they are: | 159 | and more importantly, becomes reserved, when you ask what they are: |
160 | 160 | ||
161 | \code | 161 | \code |
162 | QString fn = d.file(); | 162 | QString fn = d.file(); |
163 | \endcode | 163 | \endcode |
164 | This invents a filename, and creates the file on disk (an empty | 164 | This invents a filename, and creates the file on disk (an empty |
165 | reservation file) to prevent the name being used by another | 165 | reservation file) to prevent the name being used by another |
166 | application. | 166 | application. |
167 | 167 | ||
168 | In some circumstances, you don't want to create the file if it | 168 | In some circumstances, you don't want to create the file if it |
169 | doesn't already exist (e.g. in the Document tab, some of the \link | 169 | doesn't already exist (e.g. in the Document tab, some of the \link |
170 | doclnk.html DocLnk\endlink objects represented by icons are | 170 | doclnk.html DocLnk\endlink objects represented by icons are |
171 | DocLnk's created just for that view - they don't have | 171 | DocLnk's created just for that view - they don't have |
172 | corresponding \c .desktop files. To avoid littering empty | 172 | corresponding \c .desktop files. To avoid littering empty |
173 | reservation files around, we check in a few places to see whether | 173 | reservation files around, we check in a few places to see whether |
174 | the file really needs to exist). | 174 | the file really needs to exist). |
175 | 175 | ||
176 | \section1 Functionality | 176 | \section1 Functionality |
177 | 177 | ||
178 | AppLnk objects are created by calling the constructor with the | 178 | AppLnk objects are created by calling the constructor with the |
179 | name of a \e .desktop file. The object can be checked for validity | 179 | name of a \e .desktop file. The object can be checked for validity |
180 | using isValid(). | 180 | using isValid(). |
181 | 181 | ||
182 | The following functions are used to set or retrieve information | 182 | The following functions are used to set or retrieve information |
183 | about the application: | 183 | about the application: |
184 | \table | 184 | \table |
185 | \header \i Get Function \i Set Function \i Short Description | 185 | \header \i Get Function \i Set Function \i Short Description |
186 | \row \i \l name() \i \l setName() \i application's name | 186 | \row \i \l name() \i \l setName() \i application's name |
187 | \row \i \l pixmap() \i \e none \i application's icon | 187 | \row \i \l pixmap() \i \e none \i application's icon |
188 | \row \i \l bigPixmap() \i \e none \i application's large icon | 188 | \row \i \l bigPixmap() \i \e none \i application's large icon |
189 | \row \i \e none \i setIcon() \i sets the icon's filename | 189 | \row \i \e none \i setIcon() \i sets the icon's filename |
190 | \row \i \l type() \i \l setType() \i see \link #Types Types\endlink above | 190 | \row \i \l type() \i \l setType() \i see \link #Types Types\endlink above |
191 | \row \i \l rotation() \i \e none \i 0, 90, 180 or 270 degrees | 191 | \row \i \l rotation() \i \e none \i 0, 90, 180 or 270 degrees |
192 | \row \i \l comment() \i \l setComment() \i text for the Details dialog | 192 | \row \i \l comment() \i \l setComment() \i text for the Details dialog |
193 | \row \i \l exec() \i \l setExec() \i executable's filename | 193 | \row \i \l exec() \i \l setExec() \i executable's filename |
194 | \row \i \l file() \i \e none \i document's filename | 194 | \row \i \l file() \i \e none \i document's filename |
195 | \row \i \l linkFile() \i \l setLinkFile() \i \e .desktop filename | 195 | \row \i \l linkFile() \i \l setLinkFile() \i \e .desktop filename |
196 | \row \i \l mimeTypes() \i \e none \i the mime types the application can view or edit | 196 | \row \i \l mimeTypes() \i \e none \i the mime types the application can view or edit |
197 | \row \i \l categories() \i \l setCategories() \i \e{see the function descriptions} | 197 | \row \i \l categories() \i \l setCategories() \i \e{see the function descriptions} |
198 | \row \i \l fileKnown() \i \e none \i see \link | 198 | \row \i \l fileKnown() \i \e none \i see \link |
199 | #files-and-links Files and Links\endlink above | 199 | #files-and-links Files and Links\endlink above |
200 | \row \i \l linkFileKnown() \i \e none \i see \link | 200 | \row \i \l linkFileKnown() \i \e none \i see \link |
201 | #files-and-links Files and Links\endlink above | 201 | #files-and-links Files and Links\endlink above |
202 | \row \i \l property() \i \l setProperty() \i any AppLnk property | 202 | \row \i \l property() \i \l setProperty() \i any AppLnk property |
203 | can be retrieved or set (if writeable) using these | 203 | can be retrieved or set (if writeable) using these |
204 | \endtable | 204 | \endtable |
205 | 205 | ||
206 | To save an AppLnk to disk use writeLink(). To execute the | 206 | To save an AppLnk to disk use writeLink(). To execute the |
207 | application that the AppLnk object refers to, use execute(). | 207 | application that the AppLnk object refers to, use execute(). |
208 | 208 | ||
209 | AppLnk's can be deleted from disk using removeLinkFile(). To | 209 | AppLnk's can be deleted from disk using removeLinkFile(). To |
210 | remove both the link and the application's executable use | 210 | remove both the link and the application's executable use |
211 | removeFiles(). | 211 | removeFiles(). |
212 | 212 | ||
213 | Icon sizes can be globally changed (but only for AppLnk objects | 213 | Icon sizes can be globally changed (but only for AppLnk objects |
214 | created after the calls) with setSmallIconSize() and | 214 | created after the calls) with setSmallIconSize() and |
215 | setBigIconSize(). | 215 | setBigIconSize(). |
216 | 216 | ||
217 | \ingroup qtopiaemb | 217 | \ingroup qtopiaemb |
218 | */ | 218 | */ |
219 | 219 | ||
220 | /*! | 220 | /*! |
221 | Sets the size used for small icons to \a small pixels. | 221 | Sets the size used for small icons to \a small pixels. |
222 | Only affects AppLnk objects created after the call. | 222 | Only affects AppLnk objects created after the call. |
223 | 223 | ||
224 | \sa smallIconSize() setIcon() | 224 | \sa smallIconSize() setIcon() |
225 | */ | 225 | */ |
226 | void AppLnk::setSmallIconSize(int small) | 226 | void AppLnk::setSmallIconSize(int small) |
227 | { | 227 | { |
228 | smallSize = small; | 228 | smallSize = small; |
229 | } | 229 | } |
230 | 230 | ||
231 | /*! | 231 | /*! |
232 | Returns the size used for small icons. | 232 | Returns the size used for small icons. |
233 | 233 | ||
234 | \sa setSmallIconSize() setIcon() | 234 | \sa setSmallIconSize() setIcon() |
235 | */ | 235 | */ |
236 | int AppLnk::smallIconSize() | 236 | int AppLnk::smallIconSize() |
237 | { | 237 | { |
238 | return smallSize; | 238 | return smallSize; |
239 | } | 239 | } |
240 | 240 | ||
241 | 241 | ||
242 | /*! | 242 | /*! |
243 | Sets the size used for large icons to \a big pixels. | 243 | Sets the size used for large icons to \a big pixels. |
244 | Only affects AppLnk objects created after the call. | 244 | Only affects AppLnk objects created after the call. |
245 | 245 | ||
246 | \sa bigIconSize() setIcon() | 246 | \sa bigIconSize() setIcon() |
247 | */ | 247 | */ |
248 | void AppLnk::setBigIconSize(int big) | 248 | void AppLnk::setBigIconSize(int big) |
249 | { | 249 | { |
250 | bigSize = big; | 250 | bigSize = big; |
251 | } | 251 | } |
252 | 252 | ||
253 | /*! | 253 | /*! |
254 | Returns the size used for large icons. | 254 | Returns the size used for large icons. |
255 | 255 | ||
256 | \sa setBigIconSize() setIcon() | 256 | \sa setBigIconSize() setIcon() |
257 | */ | 257 | */ |
258 | int AppLnk::bigIconSize() | 258 | int AppLnk::bigIconSize() |
259 | { | 259 | { |
260 | return bigSize; | 260 | return bigSize; |
261 | } | 261 | } |
262 | 262 | ||
263 | 263 | ||
264 | /*! | 264 | /*! |
265 | \fn QString AppLnk::name() const | 265 | \fn QString AppLnk::name() const |
266 | 266 | ||
267 | Returns the Name property. This is the user-visible name for the | 267 | Returns the Name property. This is the user-visible name for the |
268 | document or application, not the filename. | 268 | document or application, not the filename. |
269 | 269 | ||
270 | See \link #files-and-links Files and Links\endlink. | 270 | See \link #files-and-links Files and Links\endlink. |
271 | 271 | ||
272 | \sa setName() | 272 | \sa setName() |
273 | */ | 273 | */ |
274 | /*! | 274 | /*! |
275 | \fn QString AppLnk::exec() const | 275 | \fn QString AppLnk::exec() const |
276 | 276 | ||
277 | Returns the Exec property. This is the name of the executable | 277 | Returns the Exec property. This is the name of the executable |
278 | program associated with the AppLnk. | 278 | program associated with the AppLnk. |
279 | 279 | ||
280 | \sa setExec() | 280 | \sa setExec() |
281 | */ | 281 | */ |
282 | /*! | 282 | /*! |
283 | \fn QString AppLnk::rotation() const | 283 | \fn QString AppLnk::rotation() const |
284 | 284 | ||
285 | Returns the Rotation property. The value is 0, 90, 180 or 270 | 285 | Returns the Rotation property. The value is 0, 90, 180 or 270 |
286 | degrees. | 286 | degrees. |
287 | */ | 287 | */ |
288 | /*! | 288 | /*! |
289 | \fn QString AppLnk::comment() const | 289 | \fn QString AppLnk::comment() const |
290 | 290 | ||
291 | Returns the Comment property. | 291 | Returns the Comment property. |
292 | 292 | ||
293 | \sa setComment() | 293 | \sa setComment() |
294 | */ | 294 | */ |
295 | /*! | 295 | /*! |
296 | \fn QStringList AppLnk::mimeTypes() const | 296 | \fn QStringList AppLnk::mimeTypes() const |
297 | 297 | ||
298 | Returns the MimeTypes property. This is the list of MIME types | 298 | Returns the MimeTypes property. This is the list of MIME types |
299 | that the application can view or edit. | 299 | that the application can view or edit. |
300 | */ | 300 | */ |
301 | /*! | 301 | /*! |
302 | \fn const QArray<int>& AppLnk::categories() const | 302 | \fn const QArray<int>& AppLnk::categories() const |
303 | 303 | ||
304 | Returns the Categories property. | 304 | Returns the Categories property. |
305 | 305 | ||
306 | See the CategoryWidget for more details. | 306 | See the CategoryWidget for more details. |
307 | 307 | ||
308 | \sa setCategories() | 308 | \sa setCategories() |
309 | */ | 309 | */ |
310 | 310 | ||
311 | const QArray<int>& AppLnk::categories() const | 311 | const QArray<int>& AppLnk::categories() const |
312 | { | 312 | { |
313 | d->ensureCatArray(); | 313 | d->ensureCatArray(); |
314 | return d->mCat; | 314 | return d->mCat; |
315 | } | 315 | } |
316 | 316 | ||
317 | /*! | 317 | /*! |
318 | \fn int AppLnk::id() const | 318 | \fn int AppLnk::id() const |
319 | 319 | ||
320 | Returns the id of the AppLnk. If the AppLnk is not in an AppLnkSet, | 320 | Returns the id of the AppLnk. If the AppLnk is not in an AppLnkSet, |
321 | this value is 0, otherwise it is a value that is unique for the | 321 | this value is 0, otherwise it is a value that is unique for the |
322 | duration of the current process. | 322 | duration of the current process. |
323 | 323 | ||
324 | \sa AppLnkSet::find() | 324 | \sa AppLnkSet::find() |
325 | */ | 325 | */ |
326 | 326 | ||
327 | /*! | 327 | /*! |
328 | \fn bool AppLnk::isValid() const | 328 | \fn bool AppLnk::isValid() const |
329 | 329 | ||
330 | Returns TRUE if this AppLnk is valid; otherwise returns FALSE. | 330 | Returns TRUE if this AppLnk is valid; otherwise returns FALSE. |
331 | */ | 331 | */ |
332 | /*! | 332 | /*! |
333 | \fn bool AppLnk::fileKnown() const | 333 | \fn bool AppLnk::fileKnown() const |
334 | 334 | ||
335 | If the with the AppLnk associated file is not equal to QString::null | 335 | If the with the AppLnk associated file is not equal to QString::null |
336 | */ | 336 | */ |
337 | /*! | 337 | /*! |
338 | \fn bool AppLnk::linkFileKnown()const | 338 | \fn bool AppLnk::linkFileKnown()const |
339 | 339 | ||
340 | The filename of the AppLnk | 340 | The filename of the AppLnk |
341 | 341 | ||
342 | */ | 342 | */ |
343 | /*! | 343 | /*! |
344 | \fn void AppLnk::setRotation( const QString& ) | 344 | \fn void AppLnk::setRotation( const QString& ) |
345 | 345 | ||
346 | The default rotation of the associated application. This | 346 | The default rotation of the associated application. This |
347 | function is included inline for binary compatible issues | 347 | function is included inline for binary compatible issues |
348 | */ | 348 | */ |
349 | /*! | 349 | /*! |
350 | Creates an invalid AppLnk. | 350 | Creates an invalid AppLnk. |
351 | 351 | ||
352 | \sa isValid() | 352 | \sa isValid() |
353 | */ | 353 | */ |
354 | AppLnk::AppLnk() | 354 | AppLnk::AppLnk() |
355 | { | 355 | { |
356 | mId = 0; | 356 | mId = 0; |
357 | d = new AppLnkPrivate(); | 357 | d = new AppLnkPrivate(); |
358 | } | 358 | } |
359 | 359 | ||
360 | /*! | 360 | /*! |
361 | Loads \a file (e.g. \e app.desktop) as an AppLnk. | 361 | Loads \a file (e.g. \e app.desktop) as an AppLnk. |
362 | 362 | ||
363 | \sa writeLink() | 363 | \sa writeLink() |
364 | */ | 364 | */ |
365 | AppLnk::AppLnk( const QString &file ) | 365 | AppLnk::AppLnk( const QString &file ) |
366 | { | 366 | { |
367 | QStringList sl; | 367 | QStringList sl; |
368 | d = new AppLnkPrivate(); | 368 | d = new AppLnkPrivate(); |
369 | if ( !file.isNull() ) { | 369 | if ( !file.isNull() ) { |
370 | Config config( file, Config::File ); | 370 | Config config( file, Config::File ); |
371 | 371 | ||
372 | if ( config.isValid() ) { | 372 | if ( config.isValid() ) { |
373 | config.setGroup( "Desktop Entry" ); | 373 | config.setGroup( "Desktop Entry" ); |
374 | 374 | ||
375 | mName = config.readEntry( "Name", file ); | 375 | mName = config.readEntry( "Name", file ); |
376 | mExec = config.readEntry( "Exec" ); | 376 | mExec = config.readEntry( "Exec" ); |
377 | mType = config.readEntry( "Type", QString::null ); | 377 | mType = config.readEntry( "Type", QString::null ); |
378 | mIconFile = config.readEntry( "Icon", QString::null ); | 378 | mIconFile = config.readEntry( "Icon", QString::null ); |
379 | mRotation = config.readEntry( "Rotation", "" ); | 379 | mRotation = config.readEntry( "Rotation", "" ); |
380 | mComment = config.readEntry( "Comment", QString::null ); | 380 | mComment = config.readEntry( "Comment", QString::null ); |
381 | // MIME types are case-insensitive. | 381 | // MIME types are case-insensitive. |
382 | mMimeTypes = config.readListEntry( "MimeType", ';' ); | 382 | mMimeTypes = config.readListEntry( "MimeType", ';' ); |
383 | for (QStringList::Iterator it=mMimeTypes.begin(); it!=mMimeTypes.end(); ++it) | 383 | for (QStringList::Iterator it=mMimeTypes.begin(); it!=mMimeTypes.end(); ++it) |
384 | *it = (*it).lower(); | 384 | *it = (*it).lower(); |
385 | mMimeTypeIcons = config.readListEntry( "MimeTypeIcons", ';' ); | 385 | mMimeTypeIcons = config.readListEntry( "MimeTypeIcons", ';' ); |
386 | mLinkFile = file; | 386 | mLinkFile = file; |
387 | mFile = config.readEntry("File", QString::null); | 387 | mFile = config.readEntry("File", QString::null); |
388 | if ( !mExec. isEmpty ( )) { | 388 | if ( !mExec. isEmpty ( )) { |
389 | mFile = QString::null; | 389 | mFile = QString::null; |
390 | } | 390 | } |
391 | else if ( mFile[0] != '/' ) { | 391 | else if ( mFile[0] != '/' ) { |
392 | int slash = file.findRev('/'); | 392 | int slash = file.findRev('/'); |
393 | if ( slash >= 0 ) { | 393 | if ( slash >= 0 ) { |
394 | mFile = file.left(slash) + '/' + mFile; | 394 | mFile = file.left(slash) + '/' + mFile; |
395 | } | 395 | } |
396 | } | 396 | } |
397 | d->mCatList = config.readListEntry("Categories", ';'); | 397 | d->mCatList = config.readListEntry("Categories", ';'); |
398 | if ( d->mCatList[0].toInt() < -1 ) { | 398 | if ( d->mCatList[0].toInt() < -1 ) { |
399 | // numeric cats in file! convert to text | 399 | // numeric cats in file! convert to text |
400 | Categories cat( 0 ); | 400 | Categories cat( 0 ); |
401 | cat.load( categoryFileName() ); | 401 | cat.load( categoryFileName() ); |
402 | d->mCat.resize( d->mCatList.count() ); | 402 | d->mCat.resize( d->mCatList.count() ); |
403 | int i; | 403 | int i; |
404 | QStringList::ConstIterator it; | 404 | QStringList::ConstIterator it; |
405 | for ( i = 0, it = d->mCatList.begin(); it != d->mCatList.end(); | 405 | for ( i = 0, it = d->mCatList.begin(); it != d->mCatList.end(); |
406 | ++it, i++ ) { | 406 | ++it, i++ ) { |
407 | bool number; | 407 | bool number; |
408 | int id = (*it).toInt( &number ); | 408 | int id = (*it).toInt( &number ); |
409 | if ( !number ) { | 409 | if ( !number ) { |
410 | // convert from text | 410 | // convert from text |
411 | id = cat.id( "Document View", *it ); | 411 | id = cat.id( "Document View", *it ); |
412 | if ( id == 0 ) | 412 | if ( id == 0 ) |
413 | id = cat.addCategory( "Document View", *it ); | 413 | id = cat.addCategory( "Document View", *it ); |
414 | } | 414 | } |
415 | d->mCat[i] = id; | 415 | d->mCat[i] = id; |
416 | } | 416 | } |
417 | d->updateCatListFromArray(); | 417 | d->updateCatListFromArray(); |
418 | } | 418 | } |
419 | } | 419 | } |
420 | } | 420 | } |
421 | mId = 0; | 421 | mId = 0; |
422 | } | 422 | } |
423 | 423 | ||
424 | AppLnk& AppLnk::operator=(const AppLnk ©) | 424 | AppLnk& AppLnk::operator=(const AppLnk ©) |
425 | { | 425 | { |
426 | if ( this == © ) return *this; | 426 | if ( this == © ) return *this; |
427 | if ( mId ) | 427 | if ( mId ) |
428 | qWarning("Deleting AppLnk that is in an AppLnkSet"); | 428 | qWarning("Deleting AppLnk that is in an AppLnkSet"); |
429 | if ( d ) | 429 | if ( d ) |
430 | delete d; | 430 | delete d; |
431 | 431 | ||
432 | 432 | ||
433 | mName = copy.mName; | 433 | mName = copy.mName; |
434 | 434 | ||
435 | /* remove for Qtopia 3.0 -zecke */ | 435 | /* remove for Qtopia 3.0 -zecke */ |
436 | mPixmap = copy.mPixmap; | 436 | mPixmap = copy.mPixmap; |
437 | mBigPixmap = copy.mBigPixmap; | 437 | mBigPixmap = copy.mBigPixmap; |
438 | 438 | ||
439 | mExec = copy.mExec; | 439 | mExec = copy.mExec; |
440 | mType = copy.mType; | 440 | mType = copy.mType; |
441 | mRotation = copy.mRotation; | 441 | mRotation = copy.mRotation; |
442 | mComment = copy.mComment; | 442 | mComment = copy.mComment; |
443 | mFile = copy.mFile; | 443 | mFile = copy.mFile; |
444 | mLinkFile = copy.mLinkFile; | 444 | mLinkFile = copy.mLinkFile; |
445 | mIconFile = copy.mIconFile; | 445 | mIconFile = copy.mIconFile; |
446 | mMimeTypes = copy.mMimeTypes; | 446 | mMimeTypes = copy.mMimeTypes; |
447 | mMimeTypeIcons = copy.mMimeTypeIcons; | 447 | mMimeTypeIcons = copy.mMimeTypeIcons; |
448 | mId = 0; | 448 | mId = 0; |
449 | d = new AppLnkPrivate(); | 449 | d = new AppLnkPrivate(); |
450 | d->mCat = copy.d->mCat; | 450 | d->mCat = copy.d->mCat; |
451 | d->mCatList = copy.d->mCatList; | 451 | d->mCatList = copy.d->mCatList; |
452 | d->mPixmaps = copy.d->mPixmaps; | 452 | d->mPixmaps = copy.d->mPixmaps; |
453 | 453 | ||
454 | return *this; | 454 | return *this; |
455 | } | 455 | } |
456 | /*! | 456 | /*! |
457 | protected internally to share code | 457 | protected internally to share code |
458 | should I document that at all? | 458 | should I document that at all? |
459 | I don't know the TT style for that | 459 | I don't know the TT style for that |
460 | */ | 460 | */ |
461 | const QPixmap& AppLnk::pixmap( int pos, int size ) const { | 461 | const QPixmap& AppLnk::pixmap( int pos, int size ) const { |
462 | if ( d->mPixmaps[pos].isNull() ) { | 462 | if ( d->mPixmaps[pos].isNull() ) { |
463 | AppLnk* that = (AppLnk*)this; | 463 | AppLnk* that = (AppLnk*)this; |
464 | if ( mIconFile.isEmpty() ) { | 464 | if ( mIconFile.isEmpty() ) { |
465 | MimeType mt(type()); | 465 | MimeType mt(type()); |
466 | that->d->mPixmaps[pos] = pos ? mt.bigPixmap() : mt.pixmap(); | 466 | that->d->mPixmaps[pos] = pos ? mt.bigPixmap() : mt.pixmap(); |
467 | if ( that->d->mPixmaps[pos].isNull() ) | 467 | if ( that->d->mPixmaps[pos].isNull() ) |
468 | that->d->mPixmaps[pos].convertFromImage( | 468 | that->d->mPixmaps[pos].convertFromImage( |
469 | Resource::loadImage("UnknownDocument") | 469 | Resource::loadImage("UnknownDocument") |
470 | .smoothScale( size, size ) ); | 470 | .smoothScale( size, size ) ); |
471 | return that->d->mPixmaps[pos]; | 471 | return that->d->mPixmaps[pos]; |
472 | } | 472 | } |
473 | 473 | ||
474 | QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( that->mIconFile ); | 474 | QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( that->mIconFile ); |
475 | if ( unscaledIcon.isNull() ) { | 475 | if ( unscaledIcon.isNull() ) { |
476 | // qDebug( "Cannot find icon: %s", that->mIconFile.latin1() ); | 476 | // qDebug( "Cannot find icon: %s", that->mIconFile.latin1() ); |
477 | that->d->mPixmaps[pos].convertFromImage( | 477 | that->d->mPixmaps[pos].convertFromImage( |
478 | Resource::loadImage("UnknownDocument") | 478 | Resource::loadImage("UnknownDocument") |
479 | .smoothScale( size, size ) ); | 479 | .smoothScale( size, size ) ); |
480 | } else { | 480 | } else { |
481 | that->d->mPixmaps[0].convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( smallSize, smallSize ) ); | 481 | that->d->mPixmaps[0].convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( smallSize, smallSize ) ); |
482 | that->d->mPixmaps[1].convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( bigSize, bigSize ) ); | 482 | that->d->mPixmaps[1].convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( bigSize, bigSize ) ); |
483 | } | 483 | } |
484 | return that->d->mPixmaps[pos]; | 484 | return that->d->mPixmaps[pos]; |
485 | } | 485 | } |
486 | 486 | ||
487 | return d->mPixmaps[pos]; | 487 | return d->mPixmaps[pos]; |
488 | } | 488 | } |
489 | 489 | ||
490 | /*! | 490 | /*! |
491 | Returns a small pixmap associated with the application. | 491 | Returns a small pixmap associated with the application. |
492 | 492 | ||
493 | \sa bigPixmap() setIcon() | 493 | \sa bigPixmap() setIcon() |
494 | */ | 494 | */ |
495 | const QPixmap& AppLnk::pixmap() const | 495 | const QPixmap& AppLnk::pixmap() const |
496 | { | 496 | { |
497 | if ( d->mPixmaps[0].isNull() ) { | 497 | if ( d->mPixmaps[0].isNull() ) { |
498 | return pixmap(AppLnkPrivate::Normal, smallSize ); | 498 | return pixmap(AppLnkPrivate::Normal, smallSize ); |
499 | } | 499 | } |
500 | return d->mPixmaps[0]; | 500 | return d->mPixmaps[0]; |
501 | } | 501 | } |
502 | 502 | ||
503 | /*! | 503 | /*! |
504 | Returns a large pixmap associated with the application. | 504 | Returns a large pixmap associated with the application. |
505 | 505 | ||
506 | \sa pixmap() setIcon() | 506 | \sa pixmap() setIcon() |
507 | */ | 507 | */ |
508 | const QPixmap& AppLnk::bigPixmap() const | 508 | const QPixmap& AppLnk::bigPixmap() const |
509 | { | 509 | { |
510 | if ( d->mPixmaps[1].isNull() ) { | 510 | if ( d->mPixmaps[1].isNull() ) { |
511 | return pixmap( AppLnkPrivate::Big, bigSize ); | 511 | return pixmap( AppLnkPrivate::Big, bigSize ); |
512 | } | 512 | } |
513 | return d->mPixmaps[1]; | 513 | return d->mPixmaps[1]; |
514 | } | 514 | } |
515 | 515 | ||
516 | /*! | 516 | /*! |
517 | Returns the type of the AppLnk. For applications, games and | 517 | Returns the type of the AppLnk. For applications, games and |
518 | settings the type is \c Application; for documents the type is the | 518 | settings the type is \c Application; for documents the type is the |
519 | document's MIME type. | 519 | document's MIME type. |
520 | */ | 520 | */ |
521 | QString AppLnk::type() const | 521 | QString AppLnk::type() const |
522 | { | 522 | { |
523 | if ( mType.isNull() ) { | 523 | if ( mType.isNull() ) { |
524 | AppLnk* that = (AppLnk*)this; | 524 | AppLnk* that = (AppLnk*)this; |
525 | QString f = file(); | 525 | QString f = file(); |
526 | if ( !f.isNull() ) { | 526 | if ( !f.isNull() ) { |
527 | MimeType mt(f); | 527 | MimeType mt(f); |
528 | that->mType = mt.id(); | 528 | that->mType = mt.id(); |
529 | return that->mType; | 529 | return that->mType; |
530 | } | 530 | } |
531 | } | 531 | } |
532 | return mType; | 532 | return mType; |
533 | } | 533 | } |
534 | 534 | ||
535 | /*! | 535 | /*! |
536 | Returns the file associated with the AppLnk. | 536 | Returns the file associated with the AppLnk. |
537 | 537 | ||
538 | \sa exec() name() | 538 | \sa exec() name() |
539 | */ | 539 | */ |
540 | QString AppLnk::file() const | 540 | QString AppLnk::file() const |
541 | { | 541 | { |
542 | if ( mExec.isEmpty ( ) && mFile.isNull() ) { | 542 | if ( mExec.isEmpty ( ) && mFile.isNull() ) { |
543 | AppLnk* that = (AppLnk*)this; | 543 | AppLnk* that = (AppLnk*)this; |
544 | QString ext = MimeType(mType).extension(); | 544 | QString ext = MimeType(mType).extension(); |
545 | if ( !ext.isEmpty() ) | 545 | if ( !ext.isEmpty() ) |
546 | ext = "." + ext; | 546 | ext = "." + ext; |
547 | if ( !mLinkFile.isEmpty() ) { | 547 | if ( !mLinkFile.isEmpty() ) { |
548 | that->mFile = | 548 | that->mFile = |
549 | mLinkFile.right(8)==".desktop" // 8 = strlen(".desktop") | 549 | mLinkFile.right(8)==".desktop" // 8 = strlen(".desktop") |
550 | ? mLinkFile.left(mLinkFile.length()-8) : mLinkFile; | 550 | ? mLinkFile.left(mLinkFile.length()-8) : mLinkFile; |
551 | qDebug("mFile now == %s", mFile.latin1()); | 551 | qDebug("mFile now == %s", mFile.latin1()); |
552 | } else if ( mType.contains('/') ) { | 552 | } else if ( mType.contains('/') ) { |
553 | that->mFile = | 553 | that->mFile = |
554 | QString(getenv("HOME"))+"/Documents/"+mType+"/"+safeFileName(that->mName); | 554 | QString(getenv("HOME"))+"/Documents/"+mType+"/"+safeFileName(that->mName); |
555 | /* | 555 | /* |
556 | * A file with the same name or a .desktop file already exists | 556 | * A file with the same name or a .desktop file already exists |
557 | */ | 557 | */ |
558 | if ( QFile::exists(that->mFile+ext) || QFile::exists(that->mFile+".desktop") ) { | 558 | if ( QFile::exists(that->mFile+ext) || QFile::exists(that->mFile+".desktop") ) { |
559 | int n=1; | 559 | int n=1; |
560 | QString nn; | 560 | QString nn; |
561 | while (QFile::exists((nn=(that->mFile+"_"+QString::number(n)))+ext) | 561 | while (QFile::exists((nn=(that->mFile+"_"+QString::number(n)))+ext) |
562 | || QFile::exists(nn+".desktop")) | 562 | || QFile::exists(nn+".desktop")) |
563 | n++; | 563 | n++; |
564 | that->mFile = nn; | 564 | that->mFile = nn; |
565 | } | 565 | } |
566 | that->mLinkFile = that->mFile+".desktop"; | 566 | that->mLinkFile = that->mFile+".desktop"; |
567 | that->mFile += ext; | 567 | that->mFile += ext; |
568 | } | 568 | } |
569 | prepareDirectories(that->mFile); | 569 | prepareDirectories(that->mFile); |
570 | if ( !that->mFile.isEmpty() ) { | 570 | if ( !that->mFile.isEmpty() ) { |
571 | QFile f(that->mFile); | 571 | QFile f(that->mFile); |
572 | if ( !f.open(IO_WriteOnly) ) | 572 | if ( !f.open(IO_WriteOnly) ) |
573 | that->mFile = QString::null; | 573 | that->mFile = QString::null; |
574 | return that->mFile; | 574 | return that->mFile; |
575 | } | 575 | } |
576 | } | 576 | } |
577 | return mFile; | 577 | return mFile; |
578 | } | 578 | } |
579 | 579 | ||
580 | /*! | 580 | /*! |
581 | Returns the desktop file corresponding to this AppLnk. | 581 | Returns the desktop file corresponding to this AppLnk. |
582 | 582 | ||
583 | \sa file() exec() name() | 583 | \sa file() exec() name() |
584 | */ | 584 | */ |
585 | QString AppLnk::linkFile() const | 585 | QString AppLnk::linkFile() const |
586 | { | 586 | { |
587 | if ( mLinkFile.isNull() ) { | 587 | if ( mLinkFile.isNull() ) { |
588 | AppLnk* that = (AppLnk*)this; | 588 | AppLnk* that = (AppLnk*)this; |
589 | if ( type().contains('/') ) { | 589 | if ( type().contains('/') ) { |
590 | StorageInfo storage; | 590 | StorageInfo storage; |
591 | const FileSystem *fs = storage.fileSystemOf( that->mFile ); | 591 | const FileSystem *fs = storage.fileSystemOf( that->mFile ); |
592 | /* tmpfs + and ramfs are available too but not removable | 592 | /* tmpfs + and ramfs are available too but not removable |
593 | * either we fix storage or add this | 593 | * either we fix storage or add this |
594 | */ | 594 | */ |
595 | if ( fs && ( fs->isRemovable() || fs->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock6" || fs->disk() == "tmpfs") ) { | 595 | if ( fs && ( fs->isRemovable() || fs->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock6" || fs->disk() == "tmpfs") ) { |
596 | that->mLinkFile = fs->path(); | 596 | that->mLinkFile = fs->path(); |
597 | } else | 597 | } else |
598 | that->mLinkFile = getenv( "HOME" ); | 598 | that->mLinkFile = getenv( "HOME" ); |
599 | that->mLinkFile += "/Documents/"+type()+"/"+safeFileName(that->mName); | 599 | that->mLinkFile += "/Documents/"+type()+"/"+safeFileName(that->mName); |
600 | 600 | ||
601 | /* the desktop file exists make sure we don't point to the same file */ | 601 | /* the desktop file exists make sure we don't point to the same file */ |
602 | if ( QFile::exists(that->mLinkFile+".desktop") ) { | 602 | if ( QFile::exists(that->mLinkFile+".desktop") ) { |
603 | AppLnk lnk( that->mLinkFile + ".desktop" ); | 603 | AppLnk lnk( that->mLinkFile + ".desktop" ); |
604 | 604 | ||
605 | /* the linked is different */ | 605 | /* the linked is different */ |
606 | if(that->file() != lnk.file() ) { | 606 | if(that->file() != lnk.file() ) { |
607 | int n = 1; | 607 | int n = 1; |
608 | QString nn; | 608 | QString nn; |
609 | while (QFile::exists((nn=that->mLinkFile+"_"+QString::number(n))+".desktop")) { | 609 | while (QFile::exists((nn=that->mLinkFile+"_"+QString::number(n))+".desktop")) { |
610 | n++; | 610 | n++; |
611 | /* just to be sure */ | 611 | /* just to be sure */ |
612 | AppLnk lnk(nn ); | 612 | AppLnk lnk(nn ); |
613 | if (lnk.file() == that->file() ) | 613 | if (lnk.file() == that->file() ) |
614 | break; | 614 | break; |
615 | } | 615 | } |
616 | that->mLinkFile = nn; | 616 | that->mLinkFile = nn; |
617 | } | 617 | } |
618 | } | 618 | } |
619 | that->mLinkFile += ".desktop"; | 619 | that->mLinkFile += ".desktop"; |
620 | storeLink(); | 620 | storeLink(); |
621 | } | 621 | } |
622 | return that->mLinkFile; | 622 | return that->mLinkFile; |
623 | } | 623 | } |
624 | return mLinkFile; | 624 | return mLinkFile; |
625 | } | 625 | } |
626 | 626 | ||
627 | /*! | 627 | /*! |
628 | Copies \a copy. | 628 | Copies \a copy. |
629 | */ | 629 | */ |
630 | AppLnk::AppLnk( const AppLnk © ) | 630 | AppLnk::AppLnk( const AppLnk © ) |
631 | { | 631 | { |
632 | mName = copy.mName; | 632 | mName = copy.mName; |
633 | mPixmap = copy.mPixmap; | 633 | mPixmap = copy.mPixmap; |
634 | mBigPixmap = copy.mBigPixmap; | 634 | mBigPixmap = copy.mBigPixmap; |
635 | mExec = copy.mExec; | 635 | mExec = copy.mExec; |
636 | mType = copy.mType; | 636 | mType = copy.mType; |
637 | mRotation = copy.mRotation; | 637 | mRotation = copy.mRotation; |
638 | mComment = copy.mComment; | 638 | mComment = copy.mComment; |
639 | mFile = copy.mFile; | 639 | mFile = copy.mFile; |
640 | mLinkFile = copy.mLinkFile; | 640 | mLinkFile = copy.mLinkFile; |
641 | mIconFile = copy.mIconFile; | 641 | mIconFile = copy.mIconFile; |
642 | mMimeTypes = copy.mMimeTypes; | 642 | mMimeTypes = copy.mMimeTypes; |
643 | mMimeTypeIcons = copy.mMimeTypeIcons; | 643 | mMimeTypeIcons = copy.mMimeTypeIcons; |
644 | mId = 0; | 644 | mId = 0; |
645 | d = new AppLnkPrivate(); | 645 | d = new AppLnkPrivate(); |
646 | d->mCat = copy.d->mCat; | 646 | d->mCat = copy.d->mCat; |
647 | d->mCatList = copy.d->mCatList; | 647 | d->mCatList = copy.d->mCatList; |
648 | d->mPixmaps = copy.d->mPixmaps; | 648 | d->mPixmaps = copy.d->mPixmaps; |
649 | } | 649 | } |
650 | 650 | ||
651 | /*! | 651 | /*! |
652 | Destroys the AppLnk. Note that if the AppLnk is currently a member | 652 | Destroys the AppLnk. Note that if the AppLnk is currently a member |
653 | of an AppLnkSet, this will produce a run-time warning. | 653 | of an AppLnkSet, this will produce a run-time warning. |
654 | 654 | ||
655 | \sa AppLnkSet::add() AppLnkSet::remove() | 655 | \sa AppLnkSet::add() AppLnkSet::remove() |
656 | */ | 656 | */ |
657 | AppLnk::~AppLnk() | 657 | AppLnk::~AppLnk() |
658 | { | 658 | { |
659 | if ( mId ) | 659 | if ( mId ) |
660 | qWarning("Deleting AppLnk that is in an AppLnkSet"); | 660 | qWarning("Deleting AppLnk that is in an AppLnkSet"); |
661 | if ( d ) | 661 | if ( d ) |
662 | delete d; | 662 | delete d; |
663 | } | 663 | } |
664 | 664 | ||
665 | /*! | 665 | /*! |
666 | \overload | 666 | \overload |
667 | Executes the application associated with this AppLnk. | 667 | Executes the application associated with this AppLnk. |
668 | 668 | ||
669 | \sa exec() | 669 | \sa exec() |
670 | */ | 670 | */ |
671 | void AppLnk::execute() const | 671 | void AppLnk::execute() const |
672 | { | 672 | { |
673 | execute( QStringList::split( ' ', property( "Arguments" ) ) ); | 673 | execute( QStringList::split( ' ', property( "Arguments" ) ) ); |
674 | } | 674 | } |
675 | 675 | ||
676 | /*! | 676 | /*! |
677 | Executes the application associated with this AppLnk, with | 677 | Executes the application associated with this AppLnk, with |
678 | \a args as arguments. | 678 | \a args as arguments. |
679 | 679 | ||
680 | \sa exec() | 680 | \sa exec() |
681 | */ | 681 | */ |
682 | void AppLnk::execute(const QStringList& args) const | 682 | void AppLnk::execute(const QStringList& args) const |
683 | { | 683 | { |
684 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS | 684 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS |
685 | if ( !mRotation.isEmpty() ) { | 685 | if ( !mRotation.isEmpty() ) { |
686 | // ######## this will only work in the server | 686 | // ######## this will only work in the server |
687 | int rot = QPEApplication::defaultRotation(); | 687 | int rot = QPEApplication::defaultRotation(); |
688 | int j = 0; | ||
688 | rot = (rot+mRotation.toInt())%360; | 689 | rot = (rot+mRotation.toInt())%360; |
689 | QCString old = getenv("QWS_DISPLAY"); | 690 | QCString old = getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" ) ? getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" ) : "Transformed"; |
690 | setenv("QWS_DISPLAY", QString("Transformed:Rot%1:0").arg(rot), 1); | 691 | QString driver( old.left( ( ( j = old.find( ':' ) ) >= 0 ) ? j : old.size() ).data() ); |
692 | setenv( "QWS_DISPLAY", QString( "%1:Rot%2:0" ).arg( driver ).arg( rot ), 1 ); | ||
691 | invoke(args); | 693 | invoke(args); |
692 | setenv("QWS_DISPLAY", old.data(), 1); | 694 | setenv("QWS_DISPLAY", old.data(), 1); |
693 | } else | 695 | } else |
694 | #endif | 696 | #endif |
695 | invoke(args); | 697 | invoke(args); |
696 | } | 698 | } |
697 | 699 | ||
698 | /*! | 700 | /*! |
699 | Invokes the application associated with this AppLnk, with | 701 | Invokes the application associated with this AppLnk, with |
700 | \a args as arguments. Rotation is not taken into account by | 702 | \a args as arguments. Rotation is not taken into account by |
701 | this function, so you should not call it directly. | 703 | this function, so you should not call it directly. |
702 | 704 | ||
703 | \sa execute() | 705 | \sa execute() |
704 | */ | 706 | */ |
705 | void AppLnk::invoke(const QStringList& args) const | 707 | void AppLnk::invoke(const QStringList& args) const |
706 | { | 708 | { |
707 | if ( property( "Arguments" ).isEmpty() ) | 709 | if ( property( "Arguments" ).isEmpty() ) |
708 | Global::execute( exec(), args[0] ); | 710 | Global::execute( exec(), args[0] ); |
709 | else | 711 | else |
710 | Global::execute( exec(), args.join( " " ) ); | 712 | Global::execute( exec(), args.join( " " ) ); |
711 | } | 713 | } |
712 | 714 | ||
713 | /*! | 715 | /*! |
714 | Sets the Exec property to \a exec. | 716 | Sets the Exec property to \a exec. |
715 | 717 | ||
716 | \sa exec() name() | 718 | \sa exec() name() |
717 | */ | 719 | */ |
718 | void AppLnk::setExec( const QString& exec ) | 720 | void AppLnk::setExec( const QString& exec ) |
719 | { | 721 | { |
720 | mExec = exec; | 722 | mExec = exec; |
721 | } | 723 | } |
722 | 724 | ||
723 | #if 0 // this was inlined for better BC | 725 | #if 0 // this was inlined for better BC |
724 | /*! | 726 | /*! |
725 | Sets the Rotation property to \a rot. | 727 | Sets the Rotation property to \a rot. |
726 | 728 | ||
727 | \sa rotation() | 729 | \sa rotation() |
728 | */ | 730 | */ |
729 | void AppLnk::setRotation ( const QString &rot ) | 731 | void AppLnk::setRotation ( const QString &rot ) |
730 | { | 732 | { |
731 | mRotation = rot; | 733 | mRotation = rot; |
732 | } | 734 | } |
733 | #endif | 735 | #endif |
734 | 736 | ||
735 | /*! | 737 | /*! |
736 | Sets the Name property to \a docname. | 738 | Sets the Name property to \a docname. |
737 | 739 | ||
738 | \sa name() | 740 | \sa name() |
739 | */ | 741 | */ |
740 | void AppLnk::setName( const QString& docname ) | 742 | void AppLnk::setName( const QString& docname ) |
741 | { | 743 | { |
742 | mName = docname; | 744 | mName = docname; |
743 | } | 745 | } |
744 | 746 | ||
745 | /*! | 747 | /*! |
746 | Sets the File property to \a filename. | 748 | Sets the File property to \a filename. |
747 | 749 | ||
748 | \sa file() name() | 750 | \sa file() name() |
749 | */ | 751 | */ |
750 | void AppLnk::setFile( const QString& filename ) | 752 | void AppLnk::setFile( const QString& filename ) |
751 | { | 753 | { |
752 | mFile = filename; | 754 | mFile = filename; |
753 | } | 755 | } |
754 | 756 | ||
755 | /*! | 757 | /*! |
756 | Sets the LinkFile property to \a filename. | 758 | Sets the LinkFile property to \a filename. |
757 | 759 | ||
758 | \sa linkFile() | 760 | \sa linkFile() |
759 | */ | 761 | */ |
760 | void AppLnk::setLinkFile( const QString& filename ) | 762 | void AppLnk::setLinkFile( const QString& filename ) |
761 | { | 763 | { |
762 | mLinkFile = filename; | 764 | mLinkFile = filename; |
763 | } | 765 | } |
764 | 766 | ||
765 | /*! | 767 | /*! |
766 | Sets the Comment property to \a comment. | 768 | Sets the Comment property to \a comment. |
767 | 769 | ||
768 | This text is displayed in the 'Details Dialog', for example if the | 770 | This text is displayed in the 'Details Dialog', for example if the |
769 | user uses the 'press-and-hold' gesture. | 771 | user uses the 'press-and-hold' gesture. |
770 | 772 | ||
771 | \sa comment() | 773 | \sa comment() |
772 | */ | 774 | */ |
773 | void AppLnk::setComment( const QString& comment ) | 775 | void AppLnk::setComment( const QString& comment ) |
774 | { | 776 | { |
775 | mComment = comment; | 777 | mComment = comment; |
776 | } | 778 | } |
777 | 779 | ||
778 | /*! | 780 | /*! |
779 | Sets the Type property to \a type. | 781 | Sets the Type property to \a type. |
780 | 782 | ||
781 | For applications, games and settings the type should be \c | 783 | For applications, games and settings the type should be \c |
782 | Application; for documents the type should be the document's MIME | 784 | Application; for documents the type should be the document's MIME |
783 | type. | 785 | type. |
784 | 786 | ||
785 | \sa type() | 787 | \sa type() |
786 | */ | 788 | */ |
787 | void AppLnk::setType( const QString& type ) | 789 | void AppLnk::setType( const QString& type ) |
788 | { | 790 | { |
789 | mType = type; | 791 | mType = type; |
790 | } | 792 | } |
791 | 793 | ||
792 | /*! | 794 | /*! |
793 | \fn QString AppLnk::icon() const | 795 | \fn QString AppLnk::icon() const |
794 | 796 | ||
795 | Returns the Icon property. | 797 | Returns the Icon property. |
796 | 798 | ||
797 | \sa setIcon() | 799 | \sa setIcon() |
798 | */ | 800 | */ |
799 | 801 | ||
800 | /*! | 802 | /*! |
801 | Sets the Icon property to \a iconname. This is the filename from | 803 | Sets the Icon property to \a iconname. This is the filename from |
802 | which the pixmap() and bigPixmap() are obtained. | 804 | which the pixmap() and bigPixmap() are obtained. |
803 | 805 | ||
804 | \sa icon() setSmallIconSize() setBigIconSize() | 806 | \sa icon() setSmallIconSize() setBigIconSize() |
805 | */ | 807 | */ |
806 | void AppLnk::setIcon( const QString& iconname ) | 808 | void AppLnk::setIcon( const QString& iconname ) |
807 | { | 809 | { |
808 | mIconFile = iconname; | 810 | mIconFile = iconname; |
809 | QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( mIconFile ); | 811 | QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( mIconFile ); |
810 | d->mPixmaps[0].convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( smallSize, smallSize ) ); | 812 | d->mPixmaps[0].convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( smallSize, smallSize ) ); |
811 | d->mPixmaps[1].convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( bigSize, bigSize ) ); | 813 | d->mPixmaps[1].convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( bigSize, bigSize ) ); |
812 | } | 814 | } |
813 | 815 | ||
814 | /*! | 816 | /*! |
815 | Sets the Categories property to \a c. | 817 | Sets the Categories property to \a c. |
816 | 818 | ||
817 | See the CategoryWidget for more details. | 819 | See the CategoryWidget for more details. |
818 | 820 | ||
819 | \sa categories() | 821 | \sa categories() |
820 | */ | 822 | */ |
821 | void AppLnk::setCategories( const QArray<int>& c ) | 823 | void AppLnk::setCategories( const QArray<int>& c ) |
822 | { | 824 | { |
823 | d->mCat = c; | 825 | d->mCat = c; |
824 | d->updateCatListFromArray(); | 826 | d->updateCatListFromArray(); |
825 | } | 827 | } |
826 | 828 | ||
827 | /*! | 829 | /*! |
828 | \fn QStringList AppLnk::mimeTypeIcons() const | 830 | \fn QStringList AppLnk::mimeTypeIcons() const |
829 | 831 | ||
830 | Returns the MimeTypeIcons property of the AppLnk. | 832 | Returns the MimeTypeIcons property of the AppLnk. |
831 | */ | 833 | */ |
832 | 834 | ||
833 | /*! | 835 | /*! |
834 | Attempts to ensure that the link file for this AppLnk exists, | 836 | Attempts to ensure that the link file for this AppLnk exists, |
835 | including creating any required directories. Returns TRUE if | 837 | including creating any required directories. Returns TRUE if |
836 | successful; otherwise returns FALSE. | 838 | successful; otherwise returns FALSE. |
837 | 839 | ||
838 | You should not need to use this function. | 840 | You should not need to use this function. |
839 | */ | 841 | */ |
840 | bool AppLnk::ensureLinkExists() const | 842 | bool AppLnk::ensureLinkExists() const |
841 | { | 843 | { |
842 | QString lf = linkFile(); | 844 | QString lf = linkFile(); |
843 | return prepareDirectories(lf); | 845 | return prepareDirectories(lf); |
844 | } | 846 | } |
845 | 847 | ||
846 | /*! | 848 | /*! |
847 | Commits the AppLnk to disk. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; | 849 | Commits the AppLnk to disk. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; |
848 | otherwise returns FALSE. | 850 | otherwise returns FALSE. |
849 | 851 | ||
850 | In addition, the "linkChanged(QString)" message is sent to the | 852 | In addition, the "linkChanged(QString)" message is sent to the |
851 | "QPE/System" \link qcop.html QCop\endlink channel. | 853 | "QPE/System" \link qcop.html QCop\endlink channel. |
852 | */ | 854 | */ |
853 | bool AppLnk::writeLink() const | 855 | bool AppLnk::writeLink() const |
854 | { | 856 | { |
855 | // Only re-writes settable parts | 857 | // Only re-writes settable parts |
856 | QString lf = linkFile(); | 858 | QString lf = linkFile(); |
857 | if ( !ensureLinkExists() ) | 859 | if ( !ensureLinkExists() ) |
858 | return FALSE; | 860 | return FALSE; |
859 | storeLink(); | 861 | storeLink(); |
860 | return TRUE; | 862 | return TRUE; |
861 | } | 863 | } |
862 | 864 | ||
863 | /*! | 865 | /*! |
864 | \internal | 866 | \internal |
865 | */ | 867 | */ |
866 | void AppLnk::storeLink() const | 868 | void AppLnk::storeLink() const |
867 | { | 869 | { |
868 | Config config( mLinkFile, Config::File ); | 870 | Config config( mLinkFile, Config::File ); |
869 | config.setGroup("Desktop Entry"); | 871 | config.setGroup("Desktop Entry"); |
870 | config.writeEntry("Name",mName); | 872 | config.writeEntry("Name",mName); |
871 | if ( !mIconFile.isNull() ) config.writeEntry("Icon",mIconFile); | 873 | if ( !mIconFile.isNull() ) config.writeEntry("Icon",mIconFile); |
872 | config.writeEntry("Type",type()); | 874 | config.writeEntry("Type",type()); |
873 | if(!rotation().isEmpty()) | 875 | if(!rotation().isEmpty()) |
874 | config.writeEntry("Rotation",rotation()); | 876 | config.writeEntry("Rotation",rotation()); |
875 | else | 877 | else |
876 | config.removeEntry("Rotation"); | 878 | config.removeEntry("Rotation"); |
877 | if ( !mComment.isNull() ) config.writeEntry("Comment",mComment); | 879 | if ( !mComment.isNull() ) config.writeEntry("Comment",mComment); |
878 | QString f = file(); | 880 | QString f = file(); |
879 | int i = 0; | 881 | int i = 0; |
880 | while ( i < (int)f.length() && i < (int)mLinkFile.length() && f[i] == mLinkFile[i] ) | 882 | while ( i < (int)f.length() && i < (int)mLinkFile.length() && f[i] == mLinkFile[i] ) |
881 | i++; | 883 | i++; |
882 | while ( i && f[i] != '/' ) | 884 | while ( i && f[i] != '/' ) |
883 | i--; | 885 | i--; |
884 | // simple case where in the same directory | 886 | // simple case where in the same directory |
885 | if ( mLinkFile.find( '/', i + 1 ) < 0 ) | 887 | if ( mLinkFile.find( '/', i + 1 ) < 0 ) |
886 | f = f.mid(i+1); | 888 | f = f.mid(i+1); |
887 | // ### could do relative ie ../../otherDocs/file.doc | 889 | // ### could do relative ie ../../otherDocs/file.doc |
888 | config.writeEntry("File",f); | 890 | config.writeEntry("File",f); |
889 | config.writeEntry( "Categories", d->mCatList, ';' ); | 891 | config.writeEntry( "Categories", d->mCatList, ';' ); |
890 | 892 | ||
891 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 893 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
892 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "linkChanged(QString)"); | 894 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "linkChanged(QString)"); |
893 | e << mLinkFile; | 895 | e << mLinkFile; |
894 | #endif | 896 | #endif |
895 | } | 897 | } |
896 | 898 | ||
897 | /*! | 899 | /*! |
898 | Sets the property named \a key to \a value. | 900 | Sets the property named \a key to \a value. |
899 | 901 | ||
900 | \sa property() | 902 | \sa property() |
901 | */ | 903 | */ |
902 | void AppLnk::setProperty(const QString& key, const QString& value) | 904 | void AppLnk::setProperty(const QString& key, const QString& value) |
903 | { | 905 | { |
904 | if ( ensureLinkExists() ) { | 906 | if ( ensureLinkExists() ) { |
905 | Config cfg(linkFile(), Config::File); | 907 | Config cfg(linkFile(), Config::File); |
906 | cfg.writeEntry(key,value); | 908 | cfg.writeEntry(key,value); |
907 | } | 909 | } |
908 | } | 910 | } |
909 | 911 | ||
910 | /*! | 912 | /*! |
911 | Returns the property named \a key. | 913 | Returns the property named \a key. |
912 | 914 | ||
913 | \sa setProperty() | 915 | \sa setProperty() |
914 | */ | 916 | */ |
915 | QString AppLnk::property(const QString& key) const | 917 | QString AppLnk::property(const QString& key) const |
916 | { | 918 | { |
917 | QString lf = linkFile(); | 919 | QString lf = linkFile(); |
918 | if ( !QFile::exists(lf) ) | 920 | if ( !QFile::exists(lf) ) |
919 | return QString::null; | 921 | return QString::null; |
920 | Config cfg(lf, Config::File); | 922 | Config cfg(lf, Config::File); |
921 | return cfg.readEntry(key); | 923 | return cfg.readEntry(key); |
922 | } | 924 | } |
923 | 925 | ||
924 | bool AppLnk::isPreloaded() const { | 926 | bool AppLnk::isPreloaded() const { |
925 | // Preload information is stored in the Launcher config in v1.5. | 927 | // Preload information is stored in the Launcher config in v1.5. |
926 | Config cfg("Launcher"); | 928 | Config cfg("Launcher"); |
927 | cfg.setGroup("Preload"); | 929 | cfg.setGroup("Preload"); |
928 | QStringList apps = cfg.readListEntry("Apps",','); | 930 | QStringList apps = cfg.readListEntry("Apps",','); |
929 | if (apps.contains(exec())) | 931 | if (apps.contains(exec())) |
930 | return true; | 932 | return true; |
931 | return false; | 933 | return false; |
932 | } | 934 | } |
933 | 935 | ||
934 | void AppLnk::setPreloaded(bool yesNo) { | 936 | void AppLnk::setPreloaded(bool yesNo) { |
935 | // Preload information is stored in the Launcher config in v1.5. | 937 | // Preload information is stored in the Launcher config in v1.5. |
936 | Config cfg("Launcher"); | 938 | Config cfg("Launcher"); |
937 | cfg.setGroup("Preload"); | 939 | cfg.setGroup("Preload"); |
938 | QStringList apps = cfg.readListEntry("Apps", ','); | 940 | QStringList apps = cfg.readListEntry("Apps", ','); |
939 | if (apps.contains(exec()) && !yesNo) | 941 | if (apps.contains(exec()) && !yesNo) |
940 | apps.remove(exec()); | 942 | apps.remove(exec()); |
941 | else if (yesNo && !apps.contains(exec())) | 943 | else if (yesNo && !apps.contains(exec())) |
942 | apps.append(exec()); | 944 | apps.append(exec()); |
943 | cfg.writeEntry("Apps", apps, ','); | 945 | cfg.writeEntry("Apps", apps, ','); |
944 | } | 946 | } |
945 | 947 | ||
946 | 948 | ||
947 | /*! | 949 | /*! |
948 | Deletes both the linkFile() and the file() associated with this AppLnk. | 950 | Deletes both the linkFile() and the file() associated with this AppLnk. |
949 | 951 | ||
950 | \sa removeLinkFile() | 952 | \sa removeLinkFile() |
951 | */ | 953 | */ |
952 | void AppLnk::removeFiles() | 954 | void AppLnk::removeFiles() |
953 | { | 955 | { |
954 | bool valid = isValid(); | 956 | bool valid = isValid(); |
955 | if ( !valid || !linkFileKnown() || QFile::remove(linkFile()) ) { | 957 | if ( !valid || !linkFileKnown() || QFile::remove(linkFile()) ) { |
956 | if ( QFile::remove(file()) ) { | 958 | if ( QFile::remove(file()) ) { |
957 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 959 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
958 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "linkChanged(QString)"); | 960 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "linkChanged(QString)"); |
959 | if ( linkFileKnown() ) | 961 | if ( linkFileKnown() ) |
960 | e << linkFile(); | 962 | e << linkFile(); |
961 | else | 963 | else |
962 | e << file(); | 964 | e << file(); |
963 | #endif | 965 | #endif |
964 | } else if ( valid ) { | 966 | } else if ( valid ) { |
965 | // restore link | 967 | // restore link |
966 | writeLink(); | 968 | writeLink(); |
967 | } | 969 | } |
968 | } | 970 | } |
969 | } | 971 | } |
970 | 972 | ||
971 | /*! | 973 | /*! |
972 | Deletes the linkFile(), leaving any file() untouched. | 974 | Deletes the linkFile(), leaving any file() untouched. |
973 | 975 | ||
974 | \sa removeFiles() | 976 | \sa removeFiles() |
975 | */ | 977 | */ |
976 | void AppLnk::removeLinkFile() | 978 | void AppLnk::removeLinkFile() |
977 | { | 979 | { |
978 | if ( isValid() && linkFileKnown() && QFile::remove(linkFile()) ) { | 980 | if ( isValid() && linkFileKnown() && QFile::remove(linkFile()) ) { |
979 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 981 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
980 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "linkChanged(QString)"); | 982 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "linkChanged(QString)"); |
981 | e << linkFile(); | 983 | e << linkFile(); |
982 | #endif | 984 | #endif |
983 | } | 985 | } |
984 | } | 986 | } |
985 | 987 | ||
986 | class AppLnkImagePrivate { | 988 | class AppLnkImagePrivate { |
987 | public : | 989 | public : |
988 | AppLnkImagePrivate( const QString & ImageName ) { | 990 | AppLnkImagePrivate( const QString & ImageName ) { |
989 | IconName = ImageName; | 991 | IconName = ImageName; |
990 | Small = 0; | 992 | Small = 0; |
991 | Big = 0; | 993 | Big = 0; |
992 | } | 994 | } |
993 | ~AppLnkImagePrivate( ) { | 995 | ~AppLnkImagePrivate( ) { |
994 | if ( Small ) delete Small; | 996 | if ( Small ) delete Small; |
995 | if ( Big ) delete Big; | 997 | if ( Big ) delete Big; |
996 | } | 998 | } |
997 | 999 | ||
998 | inline QPixmap * small( void ) { | 1000 | inline QPixmap * small( void ) { |
999 | if( ! Small ) { | 1001 | if( ! Small ) { |
1000 | QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( IconName ); | 1002 | QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( IconName ); |
1001 | // works as long as smallSize remains static | 1003 | // works as long as smallSize remains static |
1002 | Small = new QPixmap(); | 1004 | Small = new QPixmap(); |
1003 | Small->convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( smallSize, smallSize ) ); | 1005 | Small->convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( smallSize, smallSize ) ); |
1004 | } | 1006 | } |
1005 | return Small; | 1007 | return Small; |
1006 | } | 1008 | } |
1007 | 1009 | ||
1008 | inline QPixmap * big( void ) { | 1010 | inline QPixmap * big( void ) { |
1009 | if( ! Big ) { | 1011 | if( ! Big ) { |
1010 | QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( IconName ); | 1012 | QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( IconName ); |
1011 | // works as long as bigSize remains static | 1013 | // works as long as bigSize remains static |
1012 | Big = new QPixmap(); | 1014 | Big = new QPixmap(); |
1013 | Big->convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( bigSize, bigSize ) ); | 1015 | Big->convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( bigSize, bigSize ) ); |
1014 | } | 1016 | } |
1015 | return Big; | 1017 | return Big; |
1016 | } | 1018 | } |
1017 | 1019 | ||
1018 | QString IconName; | 1020 | QString IconName; |
1019 | QPixmap * Small; | 1021 | QPixmap * Small; |
1020 | QPixmap * Big; | 1022 | QPixmap * Big; |
1021 | }; | 1023 | }; |
1022 | 1024 | ||
1023 | class AppLnkSetPrivate { | 1025 | class AppLnkSetPrivate { |
1024 | public: | 1026 | public: |
1025 | AppLnkSetPrivate() | 1027 | AppLnkSetPrivate() |
1026 | { | 1028 | { |
1027 | typPix.setAutoDelete(TRUE); | 1029 | typPix.setAutoDelete(TRUE); |
1028 | typName.setAutoDelete(TRUE); | 1030 | typName.setAutoDelete(TRUE); |
1029 | } | 1031 | } |
1030 | 1032 | ||
1031 | QDict<AppLnkImagePrivate> typPix; | 1033 | QDict<AppLnkImagePrivate> typPix; |
1032 | QDict<QString> typName; | 1034 | QDict<QString> typName; |
1033 | }; | 1035 | }; |
1034 | 1036 | ||
1035 | /*! | 1037 | /*! |
1036 | \class AppLnkSet applnk.h | 1038 | \class AppLnkSet applnk.h |
1037 | \brief The AppLnkSet class is a set of AppLnk objects. | 1039 | \brief The AppLnkSet class is a set of AppLnk objects. |
1038 | */ | 1040 | */ |
1039 | 1041 | ||
1040 | /*! | 1042 | /*! |
1041 | \fn QStringList AppLnkSet::types() const | 1043 | \fn QStringList AppLnkSet::types() const |
1042 | 1044 | ||
1043 | Returns the list of \link applnk.html#Types types\endlink in the set. | 1045 | Returns the list of \link applnk.html#Types types\endlink in the set. |
1044 | 1046 | ||
1045 | For applications, games and settings the type is \c Application; | 1047 | For applications, games and settings the type is \c Application; |
1046 | for documents the type is the document's MIME type. | 1048 | for documents the type is the document's MIME type. |
1047 | 1049 | ||
1048 | \sa AppLnk::type(), typeName(), typePixmap(), typeBigPixmap() | 1050 | \sa AppLnk::type(), typeName(), typePixmap(), typeBigPixmap() |
1049 | */ | 1051 | */ |
1050 | 1052 | ||
1051 | /*! | 1053 | /*! |
1052 | \fn const QList<AppLnk>& AppLnkSet::children() const | 1054 | \fn const QList<AppLnk>& AppLnkSet::children() const |
1053 | 1055 | ||
1054 | Returns the members of the set. | 1056 | Returns the members of the set. |
1055 | */ | 1057 | */ |
1056 | 1058 | ||
1057 | /*! | 1059 | /*! |
1058 | Constructs an empty AppLnkSet. | 1060 | Constructs an empty AppLnkSet. |
1059 | */ | 1061 | */ |
1060 | AppLnkSet::AppLnkSet() : | 1062 | AppLnkSet::AppLnkSet() : |
1061 | d(new AppLnkSetPrivate) | 1063 | d(new AppLnkSetPrivate) |
1062 | { | 1064 | { |
1063 | } | 1065 | } |
1064 | 1066 | ||
1065 | /*! | 1067 | /*! |
1066 | Constructs an AppLnkSet that contains AppLnk objects representing | 1068 | Constructs an AppLnkSet that contains AppLnk objects representing |
1067 | all the files in the given \a directory (and any subdirectories | 1069 | all the files in the given \a directory (and any subdirectories |
1068 | recursively). | 1070 | recursively). |
1069 | 1071 | ||
1070 | \omit | 1072 | \omit |
1071 | The directories may contain ".directory" files which override | 1073 | The directories may contain ".directory" files which override |
1072 | any AppLnk::type() values for AppLnk objects found in the directory. | 1074 | any AppLnk::type() values for AppLnk objects found in the directory. |
1073 | This allows simple localization of application types. | 1075 | This allows simple localization of application types. |
1074 | \endomit | 1076 | \endomit |
1075 | */ | 1077 | */ |
1076 | AppLnkSet::AppLnkSet( const QString &directory ) : | 1078 | AppLnkSet::AppLnkSet( const QString &directory ) : |
1077 | d(new AppLnkSetPrivate) | 1079 | d(new AppLnkSetPrivate) |
1078 | { | 1080 | { |
1079 | QDir dir( directory ); | 1081 | QDir dir( directory ); |
1080 | mFile = directory; | 1082 | mFile = directory; |
1081 | findChildren(directory,QString::null,QString::null); | 1083 | findChildren(directory,QString::null,QString::null); |
1082 | } | 1084 | } |
1083 | 1085 | ||
1084 | /*! | 1086 | /*! |
1085 | Detaches all AppLnk objects from the set. The set become empty and | 1087 | Detaches all AppLnk objects from the set. The set become empty and |
1086 | the caller becomes responsible for deleting the AppLnk objects. | 1088 | the caller becomes responsible for deleting the AppLnk objects. |
1087 | */ | 1089 | */ |
1088 | void AppLnkSet::detachChildren() | 1090 | void AppLnkSet::detachChildren() |
1089 | { | 1091 | { |
1090 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( mApps ); | 1092 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( mApps ); |
1091 | for ( ; it.current(); ) { | 1093 | for ( ; it.current(); ) { |
1092 | AppLnk* a = *it; | 1094 | AppLnk* a = *it; |
1093 | ++it; | 1095 | ++it; |
1094 | a->mId = 0; | 1096 | a->mId = 0; |
1095 | } | 1097 | } |
1096 | mApps.clear(); | 1098 | mApps.clear(); |
1097 | } | 1099 | } |
1098 | 1100 | ||
1099 | /*! | 1101 | /*! |
1100 | Destroys the set, deleting all the AppLnk objects it contains. | 1102 | Destroys the set, deleting all the AppLnk objects it contains. |
1101 | 1103 | ||
1102 | \sa detachChildren() | 1104 | \sa detachChildren() |
1103 | */ | 1105 | */ |
1104 | AppLnkSet::~AppLnkSet() | 1106 | AppLnkSet::~AppLnkSet() |
1105 | { | 1107 | { |
1106 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( mApps ); | 1108 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( mApps ); |
1107 | for ( ; it.current(); ) { | 1109 | for ( ; it.current(); ) { |
1108 | AppLnk* a = *it; | 1110 | AppLnk* a = *it; |
1109 | ++it; | 1111 | ++it; |
1110 | a->mId = 0; | 1112 | a->mId = 0; |
1111 | delete a; | 1113 | delete a; |
1112 | } | 1114 | } |
1113 | delete d; | 1115 | delete d; |
1114 | } | 1116 | } |
1115 | 1117 | ||
1116 | void AppLnkSet::findChildren(const QString &dr, const QString& typ, const QString& typName, int depth) | 1118 | void AppLnkSet::findChildren(const QString &dr, const QString& typ, const QString& typName, int depth) |
1117 | { | 1119 | { |
1118 | depth++; | 1120 | depth++; |
1119 | if ( depth > 10 ) | 1121 | if ( depth > 10 ) |
1120 | return; | 1122 | return; |
1121 | 1123 | ||
1122 | QDir dir( dr ); | 1124 | QDir dir( dr ); |
1123 | QString typNameLocal = typName; | 1125 | QString typNameLocal = typName; |
1124 | 1126 | ||
1125 | if ( dir.exists( ".directory" ) ) { | 1127 | if ( dir.exists( ".directory" ) ) { |
1126 | Config config( dr + "/.directory", Config::File ); | 1128 | Config config( dr + "/.directory", Config::File ); |
1127 | config.setGroup( "Desktop Entry" ); | 1129 | config.setGroup( "Desktop Entry" ); |
1128 | typNameLocal = config.readEntry( "Name", typNameLocal ); | 1130 | typNameLocal = config.readEntry( "Name", typNameLocal ); |
1129 | if ( !typ.isEmpty() ) { | 1131 | if ( !typ.isEmpty() ) { |
1130 | d->typPix.insert( typ, | 1132 | d->typPix.insert( typ, |
1131 | new AppLnkImagePrivate( config.readEntry( "Icon", "AppsIcon" ) ) | 1133 | new AppLnkImagePrivate( config.readEntry( "Icon", "AppsIcon" ) ) |
1132 | ); | 1134 | ); |
1133 | d->typName.insert(typ, new QString(typNameLocal)); | 1135 | d->typName.insert(typ, new QString(typNameLocal)); |
1134 | 1136 | ||
1135 | } | 1137 | } |
1136 | } | 1138 | } |
1137 | 1139 | ||
1138 | const QFileInfoList *list = dir.entryInfoList(); | 1140 | const QFileInfoList *list = dir.entryInfoList(); |
1139 | if ( list ) { | 1141 | if ( list ) { |
1140 | QFileInfo* fi; | 1142 | QFileInfo* fi; |
1141 | bool cadded=FALSE; | 1143 | bool cadded=FALSE; |
1142 | for ( QFileInfoListIterator it(*list); (fi=*it); ++it ) { | 1144 | for ( QFileInfoListIterator it(*list); (fi=*it); ++it ) { |
1143 | QString bn = fi->fileName(); | 1145 | QString bn = fi->fileName(); |
1144 | // qDebug("findChildren "+bn); | 1146 | // qDebug("findChildren "+bn); |
1145 | if ( bn[0] != '.' && bn != "CVS" ) { | 1147 | if ( bn[0] != '.' && bn != "CVS" ) { |
1146 | if ( fi->isDir() ) { | 1148 | if ( fi->isDir() ) { |
1147 | QString c = typ.isNull() ? bn : typ+"/"+bn; | 1149 | QString c = typ.isNull() ? bn : typ+"/"+bn; |
1148 | QString d = typNameLocal.isNull() ? bn : typNameLocal+"/"+bn; | 1150 | QString d = typNameLocal.isNull() ? bn : typNameLocal+"/"+bn; |
1149 | findChildren(fi->filePath(), c, d, depth ); | 1151 | findChildren(fi->filePath(), c, d, depth ); |
1150 | } else { | 1152 | } else { |
1151 | if ( fi->extension(FALSE) == "desktop" ) { | 1153 | if ( fi->extension(FALSE) == "desktop" ) { |
1152 | AppLnk* app = new AppLnk( fi->filePath() ); | 1154 | AppLnk* app = new AppLnk( fi->filePath() ); |
1153 | #ifdef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS | 1155 | #ifdef QT_NO_QWS_MULTIPROCESS |
1154 | if ( !Global::isBuiltinCommand( app->exec() ) ) | 1156 | if ( !Global::isBuiltinCommand( app->exec() ) ) |
1155 | delete app; | 1157 | delete app; |
1156 | else | 1158 | else |
1157 | #endif | 1159 | #endif |
1158 | { | 1160 | { |
1159 | if ( !typ.isEmpty() ) { | 1161 | if ( !typ.isEmpty() ) { |
1160 | if ( !cadded ) { | 1162 | if ( !cadded ) { |
1161 | typs.append(typ); | 1163 | typs.append(typ); |
1162 | cadded = TRUE; | 1164 | cadded = TRUE; |
1163 | } | 1165 | } |
1164 | app->setType(typ); | 1166 | app->setType(typ); |
1165 | } | 1167 | } |
1166 | add(app); | 1168 | add(app); |
1167 | } | 1169 | } |
1168 | } | 1170 | } |
1169 | } | 1171 | } |
1170 | } | 1172 | } |
1171 | } | 1173 | } |
1172 | } | 1174 | } |
1173 | } | 1175 | } |
1174 | 1176 | ||
1175 | /*! | 1177 | /*! |
1176 | Adds AppLnk \a f to the set. The set takes responsibility for | 1178 | Adds AppLnk \a f to the set. The set takes responsibility for |
1177 | deleting \a f. | 1179 | deleting \a f. |
1178 | 1180 | ||
1179 | \sa remove() | 1181 | \sa remove() |
1180 | */ | 1182 | */ |
1181 | void AppLnkSet::add( AppLnk *f ) | 1183 | void AppLnkSet::add( AppLnk *f ) |
1182 | { | 1184 | { |
1183 | if ( f->mId == 0 ) { | 1185 | if ( f->mId == 0 ) { |
1184 | AppLnk::lastId++; | 1186 | AppLnk::lastId++; |
1185 | f->mId = AppLnk::lastId; | 1187 | f->mId = AppLnk::lastId; |
1186 | mApps.append( f ); | 1188 | mApps.append( f ); |
1187 | } else { | 1189 | } else { |
1188 | qWarning("Attempt to add an AppLnk twice"); | 1190 | qWarning("Attempt to add an AppLnk twice"); |
1189 | } | 1191 | } |
1190 | } | 1192 | } |
1191 | 1193 | ||
1192 | /*! | 1194 | /*! |
1193 | Removes AppLnk \a f to the set. The caller becomes responsible for | 1195 | Removes AppLnk \a f to the set. The caller becomes responsible for |
1194 | deleting \a f. Returns TRUE if \a f was in the set; otherwise | 1196 | deleting \a f. Returns TRUE if \a f was in the set; otherwise |
1195 | returns FALSE. | 1197 | returns FALSE. |
1196 | 1198 | ||
1197 | \sa add() | 1199 | \sa add() |
1198 | */ | 1200 | */ |
1199 | bool AppLnkSet::remove( AppLnk *f ) | 1201 | bool AppLnkSet::remove( AppLnk *f ) |
1200 | { | 1202 | { |
1201 | if ( mApps.remove( f ) ) { | 1203 | if ( mApps.remove( f ) ) { |
1202 | f->mId = 0; | 1204 | f->mId = 0; |
1203 | return TRUE; | 1205 | return TRUE; |
1204 | } | 1206 | } |
1205 | return FALSE; | 1207 | return FALSE; |
1206 | } | 1208 | } |
1207 | 1209 | ||
1208 | 1210 | ||
1209 | /*! | 1211 | /*! |
1210 | Returns the localized name for type \a t. | 1212 | Returns the localized name for type \a t. |
1211 | 1213 | ||
1212 | For applications, games and settings the type is \c Application; | 1214 | For applications, games and settings the type is \c Application; |
1213 | for documents the type is the document's MIME type. | 1215 | for documents the type is the document's MIME type. |
1214 | */ | 1216 | */ |
1215 | QString AppLnkSet::typeName( const QString& t ) const | 1217 | QString AppLnkSet::typeName( const QString& t ) const |
1216 | { | 1218 | { |
1217 | QString *st = d->typName.find(t); | 1219 | QString *st = d->typName.find(t); |
1218 | return st ? *st : QString::null; | 1220 | return st ? *st : QString::null; |
1219 | } | 1221 | } |
1220 | 1222 | ||
1221 | /*! | 1223 | /*! |
1222 | Returns the small pixmap associated with type \a t. | 1224 | Returns the small pixmap associated with type \a t. |
1223 | 1225 | ||
1224 | For applications, games and settings the type is \c Application; | 1226 | For applications, games and settings the type is \c Application; |
1225 | for documents the type is the document's MIME type. | 1227 | for documents the type is the document's MIME type. |
1226 | */ | 1228 | */ |
1227 | QPixmap AppLnkSet::typePixmap( const QString& t ) const | 1229 | QPixmap AppLnkSet::typePixmap( const QString& t ) const |
1228 | { | 1230 | { |
1229 | AppLnkImagePrivate *alip = d->typPix.find(t); | 1231 | AppLnkImagePrivate *alip = d->typPix.find(t); |
1230 | return alip ? *(alip->small()) : QPixmap(); | 1232 | return alip ? *(alip->small()) : QPixmap(); |
1231 | } | 1233 | } |
1232 | 1234 | ||
1233 | /*! | 1235 | /*! |
1234 | Returns the large pixmap associated with type \a t. | 1236 | Returns the large pixmap associated with type \a t. |
1235 | 1237 | ||
1236 | For applications, games and settings the type is \c Application; | 1238 | For applications, games and settings the type is \c Application; |
1237 | for documents the type is the document's MIME type. | 1239 | for documents the type is the document's MIME type. |
1238 | */ | 1240 | */ |
1239 | QPixmap AppLnkSet::typeBigPixmap( const QString& t ) const | 1241 | QPixmap AppLnkSet::typeBigPixmap( const QString& t ) const |
1240 | { | 1242 | { |
1241 | AppLnkImagePrivate *alip = d->typPix.find(t); | 1243 | AppLnkImagePrivate *alip = d->typPix.find(t); |
1242 | return alip ? *(alip->big()) : QPixmap(); | 1244 | return alip ? *(alip->big()) : QPixmap(); |
1243 | } | 1245 | } |
1244 | 1246 | ||
1245 | /*! | 1247 | /*! |
1246 | Returns the AppLnk with the given \a id. | 1248 | Returns the AppLnk with the given \a id. |
1247 | */ | 1249 | */ |
1248 | const AppLnk *AppLnkSet::find( int id ) const | 1250 | const AppLnk *AppLnkSet::find( int id ) const |
1249 | { | 1251 | { |
1250 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( children() ); | 1252 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( children() ); |
1251 | 1253 | ||
1252 | for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) { | 1254 | for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) { |
1253 | const AppLnk *app = it.current(); | 1255 | const AppLnk *app = it.current(); |
1254 | if ( app->id() == id ) | 1256 | if ( app->id() == id ) |
1255 | return app; | 1257 | return app; |
1256 | } | 1258 | } |
1257 | 1259 | ||
1258 | return 0; | 1260 | return 0; |
1259 | } | 1261 | } |
1260 | 1262 | ||
1261 | /*! | 1263 | /*! |
1262 | Returns the AppLnk with the given \a exec attribute. | 1264 | Returns the AppLnk with the given \a exec attribute. |
1263 | */ | 1265 | */ |
1264 | const AppLnk *AppLnkSet::findExec( const QString& exec ) const | 1266 | const AppLnk *AppLnkSet::findExec( const QString& exec ) const |
1265 | { | 1267 | { |
1266 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( children() ); | 1268 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( children() ); |
1267 | 1269 | ||
1268 | for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) { | 1270 | for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) { |
1269 | const AppLnk *app = it.current(); | 1271 | const AppLnk *app = it.current(); |
1270 | if ( app->exec() == exec ) | 1272 | if ( app->exec() == exec ) |
1271 | return app; | 1273 | return app; |
1272 | } | 1274 | } |
1273 | 1275 | ||
1274 | return 0; | 1276 | return 0; |
1275 | } | 1277 | } |
1276 | 1278 | ||
1277 | /*! | 1279 | /*! |
1278 | \class DocLnkSet applnk.h | 1280 | \class DocLnkSet applnk.h |
1279 | \brief The DocLnkSet class is a set of DocLnk objects. | 1281 | \brief The DocLnkSet class is a set of DocLnk objects. |
1280 | */ | 1282 | */ |
1281 | 1283 | ||
1282 | /*! | 1284 | /*! |
1283 | \fn const QList<DocLnk>& DocLnkSet::children() const | 1285 | \fn const QList<DocLnk>& DocLnkSet::children() const |
1284 | 1286 | ||
1285 | Returns the members of the set. | 1287 | Returns the members of the set. |
1286 | */ | 1288 | */ |
1287 | 1289 | ||
1288 | /*! | 1290 | /*! |
1289 | Constructs an empty DocLnkSet. | 1291 | Constructs an empty DocLnkSet. |
1290 | 1292 | ||
1291 | \sa appendFrom() | 1293 | \sa appendFrom() |
1292 | */ | 1294 | */ |
1293 | DocLnkSet::DocLnkSet() | 1295 | DocLnkSet::DocLnkSet() |
1294 | { | 1296 | { |
1295 | } | 1297 | } |
1296 | 1298 | ||
1297 | /*! | 1299 | /*! |
1298 | Constructs a DocLnkSet that contains DocLnk objects representing all | 1300 | Constructs a DocLnkSet that contains DocLnk objects representing all |
1299 | the files in the \a directory (and any subdirectories, recursively). | 1301 | the files in the \a directory (and any subdirectories, recursively). |
1300 | 1302 | ||
1301 | If \a mimefilter is not null, | 1303 | If \a mimefilter is not null, |
1302 | only documents with a MIME type matching \a mimefilter are selected. | 1304 | only documents with a MIME type matching \a mimefilter are selected. |
1303 | The value may contain multiple wild-card patterns separated by ";", | 1305 | The value may contain multiple wild-card patterns separated by ";", |
1304 | such as \c{*o/mpeg;audio/x-wav}. | 1306 | such as \c{*o/mpeg;audio/x-wav}. |
1305 | 1307 | ||
1306 | See also \link applnk.html#files-and-links Files and Links\endlink. | 1308 | See also \link applnk.html#files-and-links Files and Links\endlink. |
1307 | 1309 | ||
1308 | */ | 1310 | */ |
1309 | DocLnkSet::DocLnkSet( const QString &directory, const QString& mimefilter ) : | 1311 | DocLnkSet::DocLnkSet( const QString &directory, const QString& mimefilter ) : |
1310 | AppLnkSet() | 1312 | AppLnkSet() |
1311 | { | 1313 | { |
1312 | QDir dir( directory ); | 1314 | QDir dir( directory ); |
1313 | mFile = dir.dirName(); | 1315 | mFile = dir.dirName(); |
1314 | QDict<void> reference(1021); | 1316 | QDict<void> reference(1021); |
1315 | 1317 | ||
1316 | QStringList subFilter = QStringList::split(";", mimefilter); | 1318 | QStringList subFilter = QStringList::split(";", mimefilter); |
1317 | QValueList<QRegExp> mimeFilters; | 1319 | QValueList<QRegExp> mimeFilters; |
1318 | for( QStringList::Iterator it = subFilter.begin(); it != subFilter.end(); ++ it ) | 1320 | for( QStringList::Iterator it = subFilter.begin(); it != subFilter.end(); ++ it ) |
1319 | mimeFilters.append( QRegExp(*it, FALSE, TRUE) ); | 1321 | mimeFilters.append( QRegExp(*it, FALSE, TRUE) ); |
1320 | 1322 | ||
1321 | findChildren(directory, mimeFilters, reference); | 1323 | findChildren(directory, mimeFilters, reference); |
1322 | 1324 | ||
1323 | const QList<DocLnk> &list = children(); | 1325 | const QList<DocLnk> &list = children(); |
1324 | for ( QListIterator<DocLnk> it( list ); it.current(); ++it ) { | 1326 | for ( QListIterator<DocLnk> it( list ); it.current(); ++it ) { |
1325 | reference.remove( (*it)->file() ); | 1327 | reference.remove( (*it)->file() ); |
1326 | } | 1328 | } |
1327 | for ( QDictIterator<void> dit(reference); dit.current(); ++dit ) { | 1329 | for ( QDictIterator<void> dit(reference); dit.current(); ++dit ) { |
1328 | if ( dit.current() == (void*)2 ) { | 1330 | if ( dit.current() == (void*)2 ) { |
1329 | // Unreferenced, make an unwritten link | 1331 | // Unreferenced, make an unwritten link |
1330 | DocLnk* dl = new DocLnk; | 1332 | DocLnk* dl = new DocLnk; |
1331 | QFileInfo fi( dit.currentKey() ); | 1333 | QFileInfo fi( dit.currentKey() ); |
1332 | dl->setFile(fi.filePath()); | 1334 | dl->setFile(fi.filePath()); |
1333 | dl->setName(fi.baseName()); | 1335 | dl->setName(fi.baseName()); |
1334 | // #### default to current path? | 1336 | // #### default to current path? |
1335 | // dl->setCategories( ... ); | 1337 | // dl->setCategories( ... ); |
1336 | bool match = mimefilter.isNull(); | 1338 | bool match = mimefilter.isNull(); |
1337 | if ( !match ) | 1339 | if ( !match ) |
1338 | for( QValueList<QRegExp>::Iterator it = mimeFilters.begin(); it != mimeFilters.end() && !match; ++ it ) | 1340 | for( QValueList<QRegExp>::Iterator it = mimeFilters.begin(); it != mimeFilters.end() && !match; ++ it ) |
1339 | if ( (*it).match(dl->type()) >= 0 ) | 1341 | if ( (*it).match(dl->type()) >= 0 ) |
1340 | match = TRUE; | 1342 | match = TRUE; |
1341 | if ( match /* && dl->type() != "application/octet-stream" */ | 1343 | if ( match /* && dl->type() != "application/octet-stream" */ |
1342 | && !!dl->exec() ) | 1344 | && !!dl->exec() ) |
1343 | add(dl); | 1345 | add(dl); |
1344 | else | 1346 | else |
1345 | delete dl; | 1347 | delete dl; |
1346 | } | 1348 | } |
1347 | } | 1349 | } |
1348 | } | 1350 | } |
1349 | 1351 | ||
1350 | // other becomes empty | 1352 | // other becomes empty |
1351 | /*! | 1353 | /*! |
1352 | Transfers all DocLnk objects from \a other to this set. \a other becomes | 1354 | Transfers all DocLnk objects from \a other to this set. \a other becomes |
1353 | empty. | 1355 | empty. |
1354 | */ | 1356 | */ |
1355 | void DocLnkSet::appendFrom( DocLnkSet& other ) | 1357 | void DocLnkSet::appendFrom( DocLnkSet& other ) |
1356 | { | 1358 | { |
1357 | if ( &other == this ) | 1359 | if ( &other == this ) |
1358 | return; | 1360 | return; |
1359 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( other.mApps ); | 1361 | QListIterator<AppLnk> it( other.mApps ); |
1360 | for ( ; it.current(); ) { | 1362 | for ( ; it.current(); ) { |
1361 | mApps.append(*it); | 1363 | mApps.append(*it); |
1362 | ++it; | 1364 | ++it; |
1363 | } | 1365 | } |
1364 | other.mApps.clear(); | 1366 | other.mApps.clear(); |
1365 | } | 1367 | } |
1366 | 1368 | ||
1367 | void DocLnkSet::findChildren(const QString &dr, const QValueList<QRegExp> &mimeFilters, QDict<void> &reference, int depth) | 1369 | void DocLnkSet::findChildren(const QString &dr, const QValueList<QRegExp> &mimeFilters, QDict<void> &reference, int depth) |
1368 | { | 1370 | { |
1369 | depth++; | 1371 | depth++; |
1370 | if ( depth > 10 ) | 1372 | if ( depth > 10 ) |
1371 | return; | 1373 | return; |
1372 | 1374 | ||
1373 | QDir dir( dr ); | 1375 | QDir dir( dr ); |
1374 | 1376 | ||
1375 | /* Opie got a different approach | 1377 | /* Opie got a different approach |
1376 | * I guess it's geek vs. consumer | 1378 | * I guess it's geek vs. consumer |
1377 | * in this case to be discussed | 1379 | * in this case to be discussed |
1378 | */ | 1380 | */ |
1379 | if ( dir.exists( ".Qtopia-ignore" ) ) | 1381 | if ( dir.exists( ".Qtopia-ignore" ) ) |
1380 | return; | 1382 | return; |
1381 | 1383 | ||
1382 | const QFileInfoList *list = dir.entryInfoList(); | 1384 | const QFileInfoList *list = dir.entryInfoList(); |
1383 | if ( list ) { | 1385 | if ( list ) { |
1384 | QFileInfo* fi; | 1386 | QFileInfo* fi; |
1385 | for ( QFileInfoListIterator it(*list); (fi=*it); ++it ) { | 1387 | for ( QFileInfoListIterator it(*list); (fi=*it); ++it ) { |
1386 | QString bn = fi->fileName(); | 1388 | QString bn = fi->fileName(); |
1387 | if ( bn[0] != '.' ) { | 1389 | if ( bn[0] != '.' ) { |
1388 | if ( fi->isDir() ) { | 1390 | if ( fi->isDir() ) { |
1389 | if ( bn != "CVS" && bn != "Qtopia" && bn != "QtPalmtop" ) | 1391 | if ( bn != "CVS" && bn != "Qtopia" && bn != "QtPalmtop" ) |
1390 | findChildren(fi->filePath(), mimeFilters, reference, depth); | 1392 | findChildren(fi->filePath(), mimeFilters, reference, depth); |
1391 | } else { | 1393 | } else { |
1392 | if ( fi->extension(FALSE) == "desktop" ) { | 1394 | if ( fi->extension(FALSE) == "desktop" ) { |
1393 | DocLnk* dl = new DocLnk( fi->filePath() ); | 1395 | DocLnk* dl = new DocLnk( fi->filePath() ); |
1394 | QFileInfo fi2(dl->file()); | 1396 | QFileInfo fi2(dl->file()); |
1395 | bool match = FALSE; | 1397 | bool match = FALSE; |
1396 | if ( !fi2.exists() ) { | 1398 | if ( !fi2.exists() ) { |
1397 | dir.remove( dl->file() ); | 1399 | dir.remove( dl->file() ); |
1398 | } | 1400 | } |
1399 | if ( mimeFilters.count() == 0 ) { | 1401 | if ( mimeFilters.count() == 0 ) { |
1400 | add( dl ); | 1402 | add( dl ); |
1401 | match = TRUE; | 1403 | match = TRUE; |
1402 | } else { | 1404 | } else { |
1403 | for( QValueList<QRegExp>::ConstIterator it = mimeFilters.begin(); it != mimeFilters.end(); ++ it ) { | 1405 | for( QValueList<QRegExp>::ConstIterator it = mimeFilters.begin(); it != mimeFilters.end(); ++ it ) { |
1404 | if ( (*it).match(dl->type()) >= 0 ) { | 1406 | if ( (*it).match(dl->type()) >= 0 ) { |
1405 | add(dl); | 1407 | add(dl); |
1406 | match = TRUE; | 1408 | match = TRUE; |
1407 | } | 1409 | } |
1408 | } | 1410 | } |
1409 | } | 1411 | } |
1410 | if ( !match ) | 1412 | if ( !match ) |
1411 | delete dl; | 1413 | delete dl; |
1412 | } else { | 1414 | } else { |
1413 | if ( !reference.find(fi->fileName()) ) | 1415 | if ( !reference.find(fi->fileName()) ) |
1414 | reference.insert(fi->filePath(), (void*)2); | 1416 | reference.insert(fi->filePath(), (void*)2); |
1415 | } | 1417 | } |
1416 | } | 1418 | } |
1417 | } | 1419 | } |
1418 | } | 1420 | } |
1419 | } | 1421 | } |
1420 | } | 1422 | } |
1421 | 1423 | ||
1422 | /*! | 1424 | /*! |
1423 | \class DocLnk applnk.h | 1425 | \class DocLnk applnk.h |
1424 | \brief The DocLnk class represents loaded document references. | 1426 | \brief The DocLnk class represents loaded document references. |
1425 | */ | 1427 | */ |
1426 | 1428 | ||
1427 | /*! | 1429 | /*! |
1428 | \fn DocLnk::DocLnk( const DocLnk &o ) | 1430 | \fn DocLnk::DocLnk( const DocLnk &o ) |
1429 | 1431 | ||
1430 | Copies \a o. | 1432 | Copies \a o. |
1431 | */ | 1433 | */ |
1432 | 1434 | ||
1433 | /*! | 1435 | /*! |
1434 | Constructs a DocLnk from a valid .desktop \a file or a new .desktop | 1436 | Constructs a DocLnk from a valid .desktop \a file or a new .desktop |
1435 | \a file for other files. | 1437 | \a file for other files. |
1436 | */ | 1438 | */ |
1437 | DocLnk::DocLnk( const QString &file ) : | 1439 | DocLnk::DocLnk( const QString &file ) : |
1438 | AppLnk(file) | 1440 | AppLnk(file) |
1439 | { | 1441 | { |
1440 | init(file); | 1442 | init(file); |
1441 | } | 1443 | } |
1442 | 1444 | ||
1443 | /*! | 1445 | /*! |
1444 | Constructs a DocLnk from a valid .desktop \a file or a new .desktop | 1446 | Constructs a DocLnk from a valid .desktop \a file or a new .desktop |
1445 | \a file for other files. If \a may_be_desktopfile is TRUE, then an | 1447 | \a file for other files. If \a may_be_desktopfile is TRUE, then an |
1446 | attempt is made to read \a file as a .desktop file; if that fails it | 1448 | attempt is made to read \a file as a .desktop file; if that fails it |
1447 | is read as a normal file. | 1449 | is read as a normal file. |
1448 | */ | 1450 | */ |
1449 | DocLnk::DocLnk( const QString &file, bool may_be_desktopfile ) : | 1451 | DocLnk::DocLnk( const QString &file, bool may_be_desktopfile ) : |
1450 | AppLnk(may_be_desktopfile ? file : QString::null) | 1452 | AppLnk(may_be_desktopfile ? file : QString::null) |
1451 | { | 1453 | { |
1452 | init(file); | 1454 | init(file); |
1453 | } | 1455 | } |
1454 | 1456 | ||
1455 | void DocLnk::init(const QString &file) | 1457 | void DocLnk::init(const QString &file) |
1456 | { | 1458 | { |
1457 | if ( isValid() ) { | 1459 | if ( isValid() ) { |
1458 | #ifndef FORCED_DIR_STRUCTURE_WAY | 1460 | #ifndef FORCED_DIR_STRUCTURE_WAY |
1459 | if ( mType.isNull() ) | 1461 | if ( mType.isNull() ) |
1460 | // try to infer it | 1462 | // try to infer it |
1461 | #endif | 1463 | #endif |
1462 | { | 1464 | { |
1463 | int s0 = file.findRev('/'); | 1465 | int s0 = file.findRev('/'); |
1464 | if ( s0 > 0 ) { | 1466 | if ( s0 > 0 ) { |
1465 | int s1 = file.findRev('/',s0-1); | 1467 | int s1 = file.findRev('/',s0-1); |
1466 | if ( s1 > 0 ) { | 1468 | if ( s1 > 0 ) { |
1467 | int s2 = file.findRev('/',s1-1); | 1469 | int s2 = file.findRev('/',s1-1); |
1468 | if ( s2 > 0 ) { | 1470 | if ( s2 > 0 ) { |
1469 | mType = file.mid(s2+1,s0-s2-1); | 1471 | mType = file.mid(s2+1,s0-s2-1); |
1470 | } | 1472 | } |
1471 | } | 1473 | } |
1472 | } | 1474 | } |
1473 | } | 1475 | } |
1474 | } else if ( QFile::exists(file) ) { | 1476 | } else if ( QFile::exists(file) ) { |
1475 | QString n = file; | 1477 | QString n = file; |
1476 | n.replace(QRegExp(".*/"),""); | 1478 | n.replace(QRegExp(".*/"),""); |
1477 | n.replace(QRegExp("\\..*"),""); | 1479 | n.replace(QRegExp("\\..*"),""); |
1478 | setName( n ); | 1480 | setName( n ); |
1479 | setFile( file ); | 1481 | setFile( file ); |
1480 | } | 1482 | } |
1481 | MimeType mt(mType); | 1483 | MimeType mt(mType); |
1482 | if( mt.application() ) | 1484 | if( mt.application() ) |
1483 | mExec = mt.application()->exec(); | 1485 | mExec = mt.application()->exec(); |
1484 | } | 1486 | } |
1485 | 1487 | ||
1486 | /*! | 1488 | /*! |
1487 | Constructs an invalid DocLnk. | 1489 | Constructs an invalid DocLnk. |
1488 | */ | 1490 | */ |
1489 | DocLnk::DocLnk() | 1491 | DocLnk::DocLnk() |
1490 | { | 1492 | { |
1491 | } | 1493 | } |
1492 | 1494 | ||
1493 | /*! | 1495 | /*! |
1494 | Destroys the DocLnk. Just like AppLnk objects, a run-time error | 1496 | Destroys the DocLnk. Just like AppLnk objects, a run-time error |
1495 | occurs if the DocLnk is a member of a DocLnkSet (or AppLnkSet). | 1497 | occurs if the DocLnk is a member of a DocLnkSet (or AppLnkSet). |
1496 | */ | 1498 | */ |
1497 | DocLnk::~DocLnk() | 1499 | DocLnk::~DocLnk() |
1498 | { | 1500 | { |
1499 | } | 1501 | } |
1500 | 1502 | ||
1501 | /*! | 1503 | /*! |
1502 | \reimp | 1504 | \reimp |
1503 | */ | 1505 | */ |
1504 | QString DocLnk::exec() const | 1506 | QString DocLnk::exec() const |
1505 | { | 1507 | { |
1506 | MimeType mt(type()); | 1508 | MimeType mt(type()); |
1507 | const AppLnk* app = mt.application(); | 1509 | const AppLnk* app = mt.application(); |
1508 | if ( app ) | 1510 | if ( app ) |
1509 | return app->exec(); | 1511 | return app->exec(); |
1510 | else | 1512 | else |
1511 | return QString::null; | 1513 | return QString::null; |
1512 | } | 1514 | } |
1513 | 1515 | ||
1514 | /*! | 1516 | /*! |
1515 | \reimp | 1517 | \reimp |
1516 | */ | 1518 | */ |
1517 | void DocLnk::invoke(const QStringList& args) const | 1519 | void DocLnk::invoke(const QStringList& args) const |
1518 | { | 1520 | { |
1519 | MimeType mt(type()); | 1521 | MimeType mt(type()); |
1520 | const AppLnk* app = mt.application(); | 1522 | const AppLnk* app = mt.application(); |
1521 | if ( app ) { | 1523 | if ( app ) { |
1522 | QStringList a = args; | 1524 | QStringList a = args; |
1523 | if ( linkFileKnown() && QFile::exists( linkFile() ) ) | 1525 | if ( linkFileKnown() && QFile::exists( linkFile() ) ) |
1524 | a.append(linkFile()); | 1526 | a.append(linkFile()); |
1525 | else | 1527 | else |
1526 | a.append(file()); | 1528 | a.append(file()); |
1527 | app->execute(a); | 1529 | app->execute(a); |
1528 | } | 1530 | } |
1529 | } | 1531 | } |
1530 | 1532 | ||
1531 | 1533 | ||
diff --git a/library/qpeapplication.cpp b/library/qpeapplication.cpp index 0f3e4a4..19e99f2 100644 --- a/library/qpeapplication.cpp +++ b/library/qpeapplication.cpp | |||
@@ -1,2287 +1,2290 @@ | |||
1 | /********************************************************************** | 1 | /********************************************************************** |
2 | ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. | 2 | ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. |
3 | ** | 3 | ** |
4 | ** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. | 4 | ** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. |
5 | ** | 5 | ** |
6 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the | 6 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the |
7 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software | 7 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software |
8 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the | 8 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the |
9 | ** packaging of this file. | 9 | ** packaging of this file. |
10 | ** | 10 | ** |
11 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE | 11 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE |
12 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | 12 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. |
13 | ** | 13 | ** |
14 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. | 14 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. |
15 | ** | 15 | ** |
16 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are | 16 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are |
17 | ** not clear to you. | 17 | ** not clear to you. |
18 | ** | 18 | ** |
19 | */ | 19 | */ |
20 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_LANGLIST | 20 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_LANGLIST |
21 | #include <stdlib.h> | 21 | #include <stdlib.h> |
22 | #include <unistd.h> | 22 | #include <unistd.h> |
23 | #ifndef Q_OS_MACX | 23 | #ifndef Q_OS_MACX |
24 | #include <linux/limits.h> // needed for some toolchains (PATH_MAX) | 24 | #include <linux/limits.h> // needed for some toolchains (PATH_MAX) |
25 | #endif | 25 | #endif |
26 | #include <qfile.h> | 26 | #include <qfile.h> |
27 | #include <qqueue.h> | 27 | #include <qqueue.h> |
28 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS | 28 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS |
29 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 29 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
30 | #if QT_VERSION <= 231 | 30 | #if QT_VERSION <= 231 |
31 | #define private public | 31 | #define private public |
32 | #define sendLocally processEvent | 32 | #define sendLocally processEvent |
33 | #include "qcopenvelope_qws.h" | 33 | #include "qcopenvelope_qws.h" |
34 | #undef private | 34 | #undef private |
35 | #else | 35 | #else |
36 | #include "qcopenvelope_qws.h" | 36 | #include "qcopenvelope_qws.h" |
37 | #endif | 37 | #endif |
38 | #endif | 38 | #endif |
39 | #include <qwindowsystem_qws.h> | 39 | #include <qwindowsystem_qws.h> |
40 | #endif | 40 | #endif |
41 | #include <qtextstream.h> | 41 | #include <qtextstream.h> |
42 | #include <qpalette.h> | 42 | #include <qpalette.h> |
43 | #include <qbuffer.h> | 43 | #include <qbuffer.h> |
44 | #include <qptrdict.h> | 44 | #include <qptrdict.h> |
45 | #include <qregexp.h> | 45 | #include <qregexp.h> |
46 | #include <qdir.h> | 46 | #include <qdir.h> |
47 | #include <qlabel.h> | 47 | #include <qlabel.h> |
48 | #include <qdialog.h> | 48 | #include <qdialog.h> |
49 | #include <qdragobject.h> | 49 | #include <qdragobject.h> |
50 | #include <qtextcodec.h> | 50 | #include <qtextcodec.h> |
51 | #include <qevent.h> | 51 | #include <qevent.h> |
52 | #include <qtooltip.h> | 52 | #include <qtooltip.h> |
53 | #include <qsignal.h> | 53 | #include <qsignal.h> |
54 | #include <qmainwindow.h> | 54 | #include <qmainwindow.h> |
55 | #include <qwidgetlist.h> | 55 | #include <qwidgetlist.h> |
56 | #include <qpixmapcache.h> | 56 | #include <qpixmapcache.h> |
57 | 57 | ||
58 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) | 58 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) |
59 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP | 59 | #define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP |
60 | #include "qpeapplication.h" | 60 | #include "qpeapplication.h" |
61 | #include "qpestyle.h" | 61 | #include "qpestyle.h" |
62 | #include "styleinterface.h" | 62 | #include "styleinterface.h" |
63 | #if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000 | 63 | #if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000 |
64 | #include <qstylefactory.h> | 64 | #include <qstylefactory.h> |
65 | #else | 65 | #else |
66 | #include <qplatinumstyle.h> | 66 | #include <qplatinumstyle.h> |
67 | #include <qwindowsstyle.h> | 67 | #include <qwindowsstyle.h> |
68 | #include <qmotifstyle.h> | 68 | #include <qmotifstyle.h> |
69 | #include <qmotifplusstyle.h> | 69 | #include <qmotifplusstyle.h> |
70 | #include "lightstyle.h" | 70 | #include "lightstyle.h" |
71 | 71 | ||
72 | #include <qpe/qlibrary.h> | 72 | #include <qpe/qlibrary.h> |
73 | #endif | 73 | #endif |
74 | #include "global.h" | 74 | #include "global.h" |
75 | #include "resource.h" | 75 | #include "resource.h" |
76 | #if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS) | 76 | #if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS) |
77 | #include "qutfcodec.h" | 77 | #include "qutfcodec.h" |
78 | #endif | 78 | #endif |
79 | #include "config.h" | 79 | #include "config.h" |
80 | #include "network.h" | 80 | #include "network.h" |
81 | #ifdef QWS | 81 | #ifdef QWS |
82 | #include "fontmanager.h" | 82 | #include "fontmanager.h" |
83 | #include "fontdatabase.h" | 83 | #include "fontdatabase.h" |
84 | #endif | 84 | #endif |
85 | 85 | ||
86 | #include "alarmserver.h" | 86 | #include "alarmserver.h" |
87 | #include "applnk.h" | 87 | #include "applnk.h" |
88 | #include "qpemenubar.h" | 88 | #include "qpemenubar.h" |
89 | #include "textcodecinterface.h" | 89 | #include "textcodecinterface.h" |
90 | #include "imagecodecinterface.h" | 90 | #include "imagecodecinterface.h" |
91 | #include <qtopia/qpeglobal.h> | 91 | #include <qtopia/qpeglobal.h> |
92 | 92 | ||
93 | #include <unistd.h> | 93 | #include <unistd.h> |
94 | #include <sys/file.h> | 94 | #include <sys/file.h> |
95 | #include <sys/ioctl.h> | 95 | #include <sys/ioctl.h> |
96 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND | 96 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND |
97 | #include <sys/soundcard.h> | 97 | #include <sys/soundcard.h> |
98 | #endif | 98 | #endif |
99 | 99 | ||
100 | #include <backend/rohfeedback.h> | 100 | #include <backend/rohfeedback.h> |
101 | 101 | ||
102 | 102 | ||
103 | static bool useBigPixmaps = 0; | 103 | static bool useBigPixmaps = 0; |
104 | 104 | ||
105 | class HackWidget : public QWidget | 105 | class HackWidget : public QWidget |
106 | { | 106 | { |
107 | public: | 107 | public: |
108 | bool needsOk() | 108 | bool needsOk() |
109 | { return (getWState() & WState_Reserved1 ); } | 109 | { return (getWState() & WState_Reserved1 ); } |
110 | 110 | ||
111 | QRect normalGeometry() | 111 | QRect normalGeometry() |
112 | { return topData()->normalGeometry; }; | 112 | { return topData()->normalGeometry; }; |
113 | }; | 113 | }; |
114 | 114 | ||
115 | class QPEApplicationData | 115 | class QPEApplicationData |
116 | { | 116 | { |
117 | public: | 117 | public: |
118 | QPEApplicationData ( ) : | 118 | QPEApplicationData ( ) : |
119 | presstimer( 0 ), presswidget( 0 ), rightpressed( false ), kbgrabbed( false ), | 119 | presstimer( 0 ), presswidget( 0 ), rightpressed( false ), kbgrabbed( false ), |
120 | notbusysent( false ), preloaded( false ), forceshow( false ), nomaximize( false ), | 120 | notbusysent( false ), preloaded( false ), forceshow( false ), nomaximize( false ), |
121 | keep_running( true ), qcopQok( false ), | 121 | keep_running( true ), qcopQok( false ), |
122 | fontFamily( "Vera" ), fontSize( 10 ), smallIconSize( 14 ), | 122 | fontFamily( "Vera" ), fontSize( 10 ), smallIconSize( 14 ), |
123 | bigIconSize( 32 ), qpe_main_widget( 0 ) | 123 | bigIconSize( 32 ), qpe_main_widget( 0 ) |
124 | { | 124 | { |
125 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); | 125 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); |
126 | cfg.setGroup( "Appearance" ); | 126 | cfg.setGroup( "Appearance" ); |
127 | useBigPixmaps = cfg.readBoolEntry( "useBigPixmaps", false ); | 127 | useBigPixmaps = cfg.readBoolEntry( "useBigPixmaps", false ); |
128 | fontFamily = cfg.readEntry( "FontFamily", "Vera" ); | 128 | fontFamily = cfg.readEntry( "FontFamily", "Vera" ); |
129 | fontSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "FontSize", 10 ); | 129 | fontSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "FontSize", 10 ); |
130 | smallIconSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "SmallIconSize", 14 ); | 130 | smallIconSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "SmallIconSize", 14 ); |
131 | bigIconSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "BigIconSize", 32 ); | 131 | bigIconSize = cfg.readNumEntry( "BigIconSize", 32 ); |
132 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK | 132 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK |
133 | RoH = 0; | 133 | RoH = 0; |
134 | #endif | 134 | #endif |
135 | } | 135 | } |
136 | 136 | ||
137 | int presstimer; | 137 | int presstimer; |
138 | QWidget* presswidget; | 138 | QWidget* presswidget; |
139 | QPoint presspos; | 139 | QPoint presspos; |
140 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK | 140 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK |
141 | Opie::Internal::RoHFeedback *RoH; | 141 | Opie::Internal::RoHFeedback *RoH; |
142 | #endif | 142 | #endif |
143 | 143 | ||
144 | bool rightpressed : 1; | 144 | bool rightpressed : 1; |
145 | bool kbgrabbed : 1; | 145 | bool kbgrabbed : 1; |
146 | bool notbusysent : 1; | 146 | bool notbusysent : 1; |
147 | bool preloaded : 1; | 147 | bool preloaded : 1; |
148 | bool forceshow : 1; | 148 | bool forceshow : 1; |
149 | bool nomaximize : 1; | 149 | bool nomaximize : 1; |
150 | bool keep_running : 1; | 150 | bool keep_running : 1; |
151 | bool qcopQok : 1; | 151 | bool qcopQok : 1; |
152 | 152 | ||
153 | QCString fontFamily; | 153 | QCString fontFamily; |
154 | int fontSize; | 154 | int fontSize; |
155 | int smallIconSize; | 155 | int smallIconSize; |
156 | int bigIconSize; | 156 | int bigIconSize; |
157 | 157 | ||
158 | QString appName; | 158 | QString appName; |
159 | struct QCopRec | 159 | struct QCopRec |
160 | { | 160 | { |
161 | QCopRec( const QCString &ch, const QCString &msg, | 161 | QCopRec( const QCString &ch, const QCString &msg, |
162 | const QByteArray &d ) : | 162 | const QByteArray &d ) : |
163 | channel( ch ), message( msg ), data( d ) | 163 | channel( ch ), message( msg ), data( d ) |
164 | { } | 164 | { } |
165 | 165 | ||
166 | QCString channel; | 166 | QCString channel; |
167 | QCString message; | 167 | QCString message; |
168 | QByteArray data; | 168 | QByteArray data; |
169 | }; | 169 | }; |
170 | QGuardedPtr<QWidget> qpe_main_widget; | 170 | QGuardedPtr<QWidget> qpe_main_widget; |
171 | QGuardedPtr<QWidget> lastraised; | 171 | QGuardedPtr<QWidget> lastraised; |
172 | QQueue<QCopRec> qcopq; | 172 | QQueue<QCopRec> qcopq; |
173 | QString styleName; | 173 | QString styleName; |
174 | QString decorationName; | 174 | QString decorationName; |
175 | 175 | ||
176 | void enqueueQCop( const QCString &ch, const QCString &msg, | 176 | void enqueueQCop( const QCString &ch, const QCString &msg, |
177 | const QByteArray &data ) | 177 | const QByteArray &data ) |
178 | { | 178 | { |
179 | qcopq.enqueue( new QCopRec( ch, msg, data ) ); | 179 | qcopq.enqueue( new QCopRec( ch, msg, data ) ); |
180 | } | 180 | } |
181 | void sendQCopQ() | 181 | void sendQCopQ() |
182 | { | 182 | { |
183 | if (!qcopQok ) | 183 | if (!qcopQok ) |
184 | return; | 184 | return; |
185 | 185 | ||
186 | QCopRec * r; | 186 | QCopRec * r; |
187 | 187 | ||
188 | while((r=qcopq.dequeue())) { | 188 | while((r=qcopq.dequeue())) { |
189 | // remove from queue before sending... | 189 | // remove from queue before sending... |
190 | // event loop can come around again before getting | 190 | // event loop can come around again before getting |
191 | // back from sendLocally | 191 | // back from sendLocally |
192 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 192 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
193 | QCopChannel::sendLocally( r->channel, r->message, r->data ); | 193 | QCopChannel::sendLocally( r->channel, r->message, r->data ); |
194 | #endif | 194 | #endif |
195 | 195 | ||
196 | delete r; | 196 | delete r; |
197 | } | 197 | } |
198 | } | 198 | } |
199 | 199 | ||
200 | static void show_mx(QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize, QString &strName) { | 200 | static void show_mx(QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize, QString &strName) { |
201 | if ( mw->inherits("QMainWindow") || mw->isA("QMainWindow") ) | 201 | if ( mw->inherits("QMainWindow") || mw->isA("QMainWindow") ) |
202 | { | 202 | { |
203 | ( ( QMainWindow* ) mw )->setUsesBigPixmaps( useBigPixmaps ); | 203 | ( ( QMainWindow* ) mw )->setUsesBigPixmaps( useBigPixmaps ); |
204 | } | 204 | } |
205 | QPoint p; | 205 | QPoint p; |
206 | QSize s; | 206 | QSize s; |
207 | bool max; | 207 | bool max; |
208 | 208 | ||
209 | if ( mw->isVisible() ) { | 209 | if ( mw->isVisible() ) { |
210 | if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) { | 210 | if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) { |
211 | mw->resize(s); | 211 | mw->resize(s); |
212 | mw->move(p); | 212 | mw->move(p); |
213 | } | 213 | } |
214 | mw->raise(); | 214 | mw->raise(); |
215 | } else { | 215 | } else { |
216 | 216 | ||
217 | if ( mw->layout() && mw->inherits("QDialog") ) { | 217 | if ( mw->layout() && mw->inherits("QDialog") ) { |
218 | if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) { | 218 | if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) { |
219 | mw->resize(s); | 219 | mw->resize(s); |
220 | mw->move(p); | 220 | mw->move(p); |
221 | 221 | ||
222 | if ( max && !nomaximize ) { | 222 | if ( max && !nomaximize ) { |
223 | mw->showMaximized(); | 223 | mw->showMaximized(); |
224 | } else { | 224 | } else { |
225 | mw->show(); | 225 | mw->show(); |
226 | } | 226 | } |
227 | } else { | 227 | } else { |
228 | QPEApplication::showDialog((QDialog*)mw,nomaximize); | 228 | QPEApplication::showDialog((QDialog*)mw,nomaximize); |
229 | } | 229 | } |
230 | } else { | 230 | } else { |
231 | if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) { | 231 | if ( read_widget_rect(strName, max, p, s) && validate_widget_size(mw, p, s) ) { |
232 | mw->resize(s); | 232 | mw->resize(s); |
233 | mw->move(p); | 233 | mw->move(p); |
234 | } else { //no stored rectangle, make an estimation | 234 | } else { //no stored rectangle, make an estimation |
235 | int x = (qApp->desktop()->width()-mw->frameGeometry().width())/2; | 235 | int x = (qApp->desktop()->width()-mw->frameGeometry().width())/2; |
236 | int y = (qApp->desktop()->height()-mw->frameGeometry().height())/2; | 236 | int y = (qApp->desktop()->height()-mw->frameGeometry().height())/2; |
237 | mw->move( QMAX(x,0), QMAX(y,0) ); | 237 | mw->move( QMAX(x,0), QMAX(y,0) ); |
238 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS | 238 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS |
239 | if ( !nomaximize ) | 239 | if ( !nomaximize ) |
240 | mw->showMaximized(); | 240 | mw->showMaximized(); |
241 | #endif | 241 | #endif |
242 | } | 242 | } |
243 | if ( max && !nomaximize ) | 243 | if ( max && !nomaximize ) |
244 | mw->showMaximized(); | 244 | mw->showMaximized(); |
245 | else | 245 | else |
246 | mw->show(); | 246 | mw->show(); |
247 | } | 247 | } |
248 | } | 248 | } |
249 | } | 249 | } |
250 | 250 | ||
251 | static bool read_widget_rect(const QString &app, bool &maximized, QPoint &p, QSize &s) | 251 | static bool read_widget_rect(const QString &app, bool &maximized, QPoint &p, QSize &s) |
252 | { | 252 | { |
253 | #ifndef OPIE_NO_WINDOWED | 253 | #ifndef OPIE_NO_WINDOWED |
254 | maximized = TRUE; | 254 | maximized = TRUE; |
255 | // 350 is the trigger in qwsdefaultdecoration for providing a resize button | 255 | // 350 is the trigger in qwsdefaultdecoration for providing a resize button |
256 | if ( qApp->desktop()->width() <= 350 ) | 256 | if ( qApp->desktop()->width() <= 350 ) |
257 | return FALSE; | 257 | return FALSE; |
258 | 258 | ||
259 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); | 259 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); |
260 | cfg.setGroup("ApplicationPositions"); | 260 | cfg.setGroup("ApplicationPositions"); |
261 | QString str = cfg.readEntry( app, QString::null ); | 261 | QString str = cfg.readEntry( app, QString::null ); |
262 | QStringList l = QStringList::split(",", str); | 262 | QStringList l = QStringList::split(",", str); |
263 | 263 | ||
264 | if ( l.count() == 5) { | 264 | if ( l.count() == 5) { |
265 | p.setX( l[0].toInt() ); | 265 | p.setX( l[0].toInt() ); |
266 | p.setY( l[1].toInt() ); | 266 | p.setY( l[1].toInt() ); |
267 | 267 | ||
268 | s.setWidth( l[2].toInt() ); | 268 | s.setWidth( l[2].toInt() ); |
269 | s.setHeight( l[3].toInt() ); | 269 | s.setHeight( l[3].toInt() ); |
270 | 270 | ||
271 | maximized = l[4].toInt(); | 271 | maximized = l[4].toInt(); |
272 | 272 | ||
273 | return TRUE; | 273 | return TRUE; |
274 | } | 274 | } |
275 | #endif | 275 | #endif |
276 | return FALSE; | 276 | return FALSE; |
277 | } | 277 | } |
278 | 278 | ||
279 | 279 | ||
280 | static bool validate_widget_size(const QWidget *w, QPoint &p, QSize &s) | 280 | static bool validate_widget_size(const QWidget *w, QPoint &p, QSize &s) |
281 | { | 281 | { |
282 | #ifndef Q_WS_QWS | 282 | #ifndef Q_WS_QWS |
283 | QRect qt_maxWindowRect = qApp->desktop()->geometry(); | 283 | QRect qt_maxWindowRect = qApp->desktop()->geometry(); |
284 | #endif | 284 | #endif |
285 | int maxX = qt_maxWindowRect.width(); | 285 | int maxX = qt_maxWindowRect.width(); |
286 | int maxY = qt_maxWindowRect.height(); | 286 | int maxY = qt_maxWindowRect.height(); |
287 | int wWidth = s.width() + ( w->frameGeometry().width() - w->geometry().width() ); | 287 | int wWidth = s.width() + ( w->frameGeometry().width() - w->geometry().width() ); |
288 | int wHeight = s.height() + ( w->frameGeometry().height() - w->geometry().height() ); | 288 | int wHeight = s.height() + ( w->frameGeometry().height() - w->geometry().height() ); |
289 | 289 | ||
290 | // total window size is not allowed to be larger than desktop window size | 290 | // total window size is not allowed to be larger than desktop window size |
291 | if ( ( wWidth >= maxX ) && ( wHeight >= maxY ) ) | 291 | if ( ( wWidth >= maxX ) && ( wHeight >= maxY ) ) |
292 | return FALSE; | 292 | return FALSE; |
293 | 293 | ||
294 | if ( wWidth > maxX ) { | 294 | if ( wWidth > maxX ) { |
295 | s.setWidth( maxX - (w->frameGeometry().width() - w->geometry().width() ) ); | 295 | s.setWidth( maxX - (w->frameGeometry().width() - w->geometry().width() ) ); |
296 | wWidth = maxX; | 296 | wWidth = maxX; |
297 | } | 297 | } |
298 | 298 | ||
299 | if ( wHeight > maxY ) { | 299 | if ( wHeight > maxY ) { |
300 | s.setHeight( maxY - (w->frameGeometry().height() - w->geometry().height() ) ); | 300 | s.setHeight( maxY - (w->frameGeometry().height() - w->geometry().height() ) ); |
301 | wHeight = maxY; | 301 | wHeight = maxY; |
302 | } | 302 | } |
303 | 303 | ||
304 | // any smaller than this and the maximize/close/help buttons will be overlapping | 304 | // any smaller than this and the maximize/close/help buttons will be overlapping |
305 | if ( wWidth < 80 || wHeight < 60 ) | 305 | if ( wWidth < 80 || wHeight < 60 ) |
306 | return FALSE; | 306 | return FALSE; |
307 | 307 | ||
308 | if ( p.x() < 0 ) | 308 | if ( p.x() < 0 ) |
309 | p.setX(0); | 309 | p.setX(0); |
310 | if ( p.y() < 0 ) | 310 | if ( p.y() < 0 ) |
311 | p.setY(0); | 311 | p.setY(0); |
312 | 312 | ||
313 | if ( p.x() + wWidth > maxX ) | 313 | if ( p.x() + wWidth > maxX ) |
314 | p.setX( maxX - wWidth ); | 314 | p.setX( maxX - wWidth ); |
315 | if ( p.y() + wHeight > maxY ) | 315 | if ( p.y() + wHeight > maxY ) |
316 | p.setY( maxY - wHeight ); | 316 | p.setY( maxY - wHeight ); |
317 | 317 | ||
318 | return TRUE; | 318 | return TRUE; |
319 | } | 319 | } |
320 | 320 | ||
321 | static void store_widget_rect(QWidget *w, QString &app) | 321 | static void store_widget_rect(QWidget *w, QString &app) |
322 | { | 322 | { |
323 | if( !w ) | 323 | if( !w ) |
324 | return; | 324 | return; |
325 | #ifndef OPIE_NO_WINDOWED | 325 | #ifndef OPIE_NO_WINDOWED |
326 | // 350 is the trigger in qwsdefaultdecoration for providing a resize button | 326 | // 350 is the trigger in qwsdefaultdecoration for providing a resize button |
327 | if ( qApp->desktop()->width() <= 350 ) | 327 | if ( qApp->desktop()->width() <= 350 ) |
328 | return; | 328 | return; |
329 | // we use these to map the offset of geometry and pos. ( we can only use normalGeometry to | 329 | // we use these to map the offset of geometry and pos. ( we can only use normalGeometry to |
330 | // get the non-maximized version, so we have to do it the hard way ) | 330 | // get the non-maximized version, so we have to do it the hard way ) |
331 | int offsetX = w->x() - w->geometry().left(); | 331 | int offsetX = w->x() - w->geometry().left(); |
332 | int offsetY = w->y() - w->geometry().top(); | 332 | int offsetY = w->y() - w->geometry().top(); |
333 | 333 | ||
334 | QRect r; | 334 | QRect r; |
335 | if ( w->isMaximized() ) | 335 | if ( w->isMaximized() ) |
336 | r = ( (HackWidget *) w)->normalGeometry(); | 336 | r = ( (HackWidget *) w)->normalGeometry(); |
337 | else | 337 | else |
338 | r = w->geometry(); | 338 | r = w->geometry(); |
339 | 339 | ||
340 | // Stores the window placement as pos(), size() (due to the offset mapping) | 340 | // Stores the window placement as pos(), size() (due to the offset mapping) |
341 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); | 341 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); |
342 | cfg.setGroup("ApplicationPositions"); | 342 | cfg.setGroup("ApplicationPositions"); |
343 | QString s; | 343 | QString s; |
344 | s.sprintf("%d,%d,%d,%d,%d", r.left() + offsetX, r.top() + offsetY, r.width(), r.height(), w->isMaximized() ); | 344 | s.sprintf("%d,%d,%d,%d,%d", r.left() + offsetX, r.top() + offsetY, r.width(), r.height(), w->isMaximized() ); |
345 | cfg.writeEntry( app, s ); | 345 | cfg.writeEntry( app, s ); |
346 | #endif | 346 | #endif |
347 | } | 347 | } |
348 | 348 | ||
349 | static bool setWidgetCaptionFromAppName( QWidget* /*mw*/, const QString& /*appName*/, const QString& /*appsPath*/ ) | 349 | static bool setWidgetCaptionFromAppName( QWidget* /*mw*/, const QString& /*appName*/, const QString& /*appsPath*/ ) |
350 | { | 350 | { |
351 | /* | 351 | /* |
352 | // This works but disable it for now until it is safe to apply | 352 | // This works but disable it for now until it is safe to apply |
353 | // What is does is scan the .desktop files of all the apps for | 353 | // What is does is scan the .desktop files of all the apps for |
354 | // the applnk that has the corresponding argv[0] as this program | 354 | // the applnk that has the corresponding argv[0] as this program |
355 | // then it uses the name stored in the .desktop file as the caption | 355 | // then it uses the name stored in the .desktop file as the caption |
356 | // for the main widget. This saves duplicating translations for | 356 | // for the main widget. This saves duplicating translations for |
357 | // the app name in the program and in the .desktop files. | 357 | // the app name in the program and in the .desktop files. |
358 | 358 | ||
359 | AppLnkSet apps( appsPath ); | 359 | AppLnkSet apps( appsPath ); |
360 | 360 | ||
361 | QList<AppLnk> appsList = apps.children(); | 361 | QList<AppLnk> appsList = apps.children(); |
362 | for ( QListIterator<AppLnk> it(appsList); it.current(); ++it ) { | 362 | for ( QListIterator<AppLnk> it(appsList); it.current(); ++it ) { |
363 | if ( (*it)->exec() == appName ) { | 363 | if ( (*it)->exec() == appName ) { |
364 | mw->setCaption( (*it)->name() ); | 364 | mw->setCaption( (*it)->name() ); |
365 | return TRUE; | 365 | return TRUE; |
366 | } | 366 | } |
367 | } | 367 | } |
368 | */ | 368 | */ |
369 | return FALSE; | 369 | return FALSE; |
370 | } | 370 | } |
371 | 371 | ||
372 | 372 | ||
373 | void show(QWidget* mw, bool nomax) | 373 | void show(QWidget* mw, bool nomax) |
374 | { | 374 | { |
375 | setWidgetCaptionFromAppName( mw, appName, QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "apps" ); | 375 | setWidgetCaptionFromAppName( mw, appName, QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "apps" ); |
376 | nomaximize = nomax; | 376 | nomaximize = nomax; |
377 | qpe_main_widget = mw; | 377 | qpe_main_widget = mw; |
378 | qcopQok = TRUE; | 378 | qcopQok = TRUE; |
379 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 379 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
380 | 380 | ||
381 | sendQCopQ(); | 381 | sendQCopQ(); |
382 | #endif | 382 | #endif |
383 | 383 | ||
384 | if ( preloaded ) { | 384 | if ( preloaded ) { |
385 | if (forceshow) | 385 | if (forceshow) |
386 | show_mx(mw, nomax, appName); | 386 | show_mx(mw, nomax, appName); |
387 | } | 387 | } |
388 | else if ( keep_running ) { | 388 | else if ( keep_running ) { |
389 | show_mx(mw, nomax, appName); | 389 | show_mx(mw, nomax, appName); |
390 | } | 390 | } |
391 | } | 391 | } |
392 | 392 | ||
393 | void loadTextCodecs() | 393 | void loadTextCodecs() |
394 | { | 394 | { |
395 | QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "plugins/textcodecs"; | 395 | QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "plugins/textcodecs"; |
396 | #ifdef Q_OS_MACX | 396 | #ifdef Q_OS_MACX |
397 | QDir dir( path, "lib*.dylib" ); | 397 | QDir dir( path, "lib*.dylib" ); |
398 | #else | 398 | #else |
399 | QDir dir( path, "lib*.so" ); | 399 | QDir dir( path, "lib*.so" ); |
400 | #endif | 400 | #endif |
401 | QStringList list; | 401 | QStringList list; |
402 | if ( dir. exists ( )) | 402 | if ( dir. exists ( )) |
403 | list = dir.entryList(); | 403 | list = dir.entryList(); |
404 | QStringList::Iterator it; | 404 | QStringList::Iterator it; |
405 | for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) { | 405 | for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) { |
406 | TextCodecInterface *iface = 0; | 406 | TextCodecInterface *iface = 0; |
407 | QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( path + "/" + *it ); | 407 | QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( path + "/" + *it ); |
408 | if ( lib->queryInterface( IID_QtopiaTextCodec, (QUnknownInterface**)&iface ) == QS_OK && iface ) { | 408 | if ( lib->queryInterface( IID_QtopiaTextCodec, (QUnknownInterface**)&iface ) == QS_OK && iface ) { |
409 | QValueList<int> mibs = iface->mibEnums(); | 409 | QValueList<int> mibs = iface->mibEnums(); |
410 | for (QValueList<int>::ConstIterator i = mibs.begin(); i != mibs.end(); ++i) { | 410 | for (QValueList<int>::ConstIterator i = mibs.begin(); i != mibs.end(); ++i) { |
411 | (void)iface->createForMib(*i); | 411 | (void)iface->createForMib(*i); |
412 | // ### it exists now; need to remember if we can delete it | 412 | // ### it exists now; need to remember if we can delete it |
413 | } | 413 | } |
414 | } | 414 | } |
415 | else { | 415 | else { |
416 | lib->unload(); | 416 | lib->unload(); |
417 | delete lib; | 417 | delete lib; |
418 | } | 418 | } |
419 | } | 419 | } |
420 | } | 420 | } |
421 | 421 | ||
422 | void loadImageCodecs() | 422 | void loadImageCodecs() |
423 | { | 423 | { |
424 | QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "plugins/imagecodecs"; | 424 | QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "plugins/imagecodecs"; |
425 | #ifdef Q_OS_MACX | 425 | #ifdef Q_OS_MACX |
426 | QDir dir( path, "lib*.dylib" ); | 426 | QDir dir( path, "lib*.dylib" ); |
427 | #else | 427 | #else |
428 | QDir dir( path, "lib*.so" ); | 428 | QDir dir( path, "lib*.so" ); |
429 | #endif | 429 | #endif |
430 | QStringList list; | 430 | QStringList list; |
431 | if ( dir. exists ( )) | 431 | if ( dir. exists ( )) |
432 | list = dir.entryList(); | 432 | list = dir.entryList(); |
433 | QStringList::Iterator it; | 433 | QStringList::Iterator it; |
434 | for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) { | 434 | for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) { |
435 | ImageCodecInterface *iface = 0; | 435 | ImageCodecInterface *iface = 0; |
436 | QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( path + "/" + *it ); | 436 | QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( path + "/" + *it ); |
437 | if ( lib->queryInterface( IID_QtopiaImageCodec, (QUnknownInterface**)&iface ) == QS_OK && iface ) { | 437 | if ( lib->queryInterface( IID_QtopiaImageCodec, (QUnknownInterface**)&iface ) == QS_OK && iface ) { |
438 | QStringList formats = iface->keys(); | 438 | QStringList formats = iface->keys(); |
439 | for (QStringList::ConstIterator i = formats.begin(); i != formats.end(); ++i) { | 439 | for (QStringList::ConstIterator i = formats.begin(); i != formats.end(); ++i) { |
440 | (void)iface->installIOHandler(*i); | 440 | (void)iface->installIOHandler(*i); |
441 | // ### it exists now; need to remember if we can delete it | 441 | // ### it exists now; need to remember if we can delete it |
442 | } | 442 | } |
443 | } | 443 | } |
444 | else { | 444 | else { |
445 | lib->unload(); | 445 | lib->unload(); |
446 | delete lib; | 446 | delete lib; |
447 | } | 447 | } |
448 | } | 448 | } |
449 | } | 449 | } |
450 | 450 | ||
451 | }; | 451 | }; |
452 | 452 | ||
453 | class ResourceMimeFactory : public QMimeSourceFactory | 453 | class ResourceMimeFactory : public QMimeSourceFactory |
454 | { | 454 | { |
455 | public: | 455 | public: |
456 | ResourceMimeFactory() : resImage( 0 ) | 456 | ResourceMimeFactory() : resImage( 0 ) |
457 | { | 457 | { |
458 | setFilePath( Global::helpPath() ); | 458 | setFilePath( Global::helpPath() ); |
459 | setExtensionType( "html", "text/html;charset=UTF-8" ); | 459 | setExtensionType( "html", "text/html;charset=UTF-8" ); |
460 | } | 460 | } |
461 | ~ResourceMimeFactory() { | 461 | ~ResourceMimeFactory() { |
462 | delete resImage; | 462 | delete resImage; |
463 | } | 463 | } |
464 | 464 | ||
465 | const QMimeSource* data( const QString& abs_name ) const | 465 | const QMimeSource* data( const QString& abs_name ) const |
466 | { | 466 | { |
467 | const QMimeSource * r = QMimeSourceFactory::data( abs_name ); | 467 | const QMimeSource * r = QMimeSourceFactory::data( abs_name ); |
468 | if ( !r ) { | 468 | if ( !r ) { |
469 | int sl = abs_name.length(); | 469 | int sl = abs_name.length(); |
470 | do { | 470 | do { |
471 | sl = abs_name.findRev( '/', sl - 1 ); | 471 | sl = abs_name.findRev( '/', sl - 1 ); |
472 | QString name = sl >= 0 ? abs_name.mid( sl + 1 ) : abs_name; | 472 | QString name = sl >= 0 ? abs_name.mid( sl + 1 ) : abs_name; |
473 | int dot = name.findRev( '.' ); | 473 | int dot = name.findRev( '.' ); |
474 | if ( dot >= 0 ) | 474 | if ( dot >= 0 ) |
475 | name = name.left( dot ); | 475 | name = name.left( dot ); |
476 | QImage img = Resource::loadImage( name ); | 476 | QImage img = Resource::loadImage( name ); |
477 | if ( !img.isNull() ) { | 477 | if ( !img.isNull() ) { |
478 | delete resImage; | 478 | delete resImage; |
479 | resImage = new QImageDrag( img ); | 479 | resImage = new QImageDrag( img ); |
480 | r = resImage; | 480 | r = resImage; |
481 | } | 481 | } |
482 | } | 482 | } |
483 | while ( !r && sl > 0 ); | 483 | while ( !r && sl > 0 ); |
484 | } | 484 | } |
485 | return r; | 485 | return r; |
486 | } | 486 | } |
487 | private: | 487 | private: |
488 | mutable QImageDrag *resImage; | 488 | mutable QImageDrag *resImage; |
489 | }; | 489 | }; |
490 | 490 | ||
491 | static int& hack(int& i) | 491 | static int& hack(int& i) |
492 | { | 492 | { |
493 | #if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS) | 493 | #if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS) |
494 | // These should be created, but aren't in Qt 2.3.0 | 494 | // These should be created, but aren't in Qt 2.3.0 |
495 | (void)new QUtf8Codec; | 495 | (void)new QUtf8Codec; |
496 | (void)new QUtf16Codec; | 496 | (void)new QUtf16Codec; |
497 | #endif | 497 | #endif |
498 | return i; | 498 | return i; |
499 | } | 499 | } |
500 | 500 | ||
501 | static int muted = 0; | 501 | static int muted = 0; |
502 | static int micMuted = 0; | 502 | static int micMuted = 0; |
503 | 503 | ||
504 | static void setVolume( int t = 0, int percent = -1 ) | 504 | static void setVolume( int t = 0, int percent = -1 ) |
505 | { | 505 | { |
506 | switch ( t ) { | 506 | switch ( t ) { |
507 | case 0: { | 507 | case 0: { |
508 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); | 508 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); |
509 | cfg.setGroup( "Volume" ); | 509 | cfg.setGroup( "Volume" ); |
510 | if ( percent < 0 ) | 510 | if ( percent < 0 ) |
511 | percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "VolumePercent", 50 ); | 511 | percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "VolumePercent", 50 ); |
512 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND | 512 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND |
513 | int fd = 0; | 513 | int fd = 0; |
514 | #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS | 514 | #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS |
515 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { | 515 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { |
516 | #else | 516 | #else |
517 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { | 517 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { |
518 | #endif | 518 | #endif |
519 | int vol = muted ? 0 : percent; | 519 | int vol = muted ? 0 : percent; |
520 | // set both channels to same volume | 520 | // set both channels to same volume |
521 | vol |= vol << 8; | 521 | vol |= vol << 8; |
522 | ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_VOLUME ), &vol ); | 522 | ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_VOLUME ), &vol ); |
523 | ::close( fd ); | 523 | ::close( fd ); |
524 | } | 524 | } |
525 | #endif | 525 | #endif |
526 | } | 526 | } |
527 | break; | 527 | break; |
528 | } | 528 | } |
529 | } | 529 | } |
530 | 530 | ||
531 | static void setMic( int t = 0, int percent = -1 ) | 531 | static void setMic( int t = 0, int percent = -1 ) |
532 | { | 532 | { |
533 | switch ( t ) { | 533 | switch ( t ) { |
534 | case 0: { | 534 | case 0: { |
535 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); | 535 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); |
536 | cfg.setGroup( "Volume" ); | 536 | cfg.setGroup( "Volume" ); |
537 | if ( percent < 0 ) | 537 | if ( percent < 0 ) |
538 | percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "Mic", 50 ); | 538 | percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "Mic", 50 ); |
539 | 539 | ||
540 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND | 540 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND |
541 | int fd = 0; | 541 | int fd = 0; |
542 | int mic = micMuted ? 0 : percent; | 542 | int mic = micMuted ? 0 : percent; |
543 | #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS | 543 | #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS |
544 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { | 544 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { |
545 | #else | 545 | #else |
546 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { | 546 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { |
547 | #endif | 547 | #endif |
548 | ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_MIC ), &mic ); | 548 | ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_MIC ), &mic ); |
549 | ::close( fd ); | 549 | ::close( fd ); |
550 | } | 550 | } |
551 | #endif | 551 | #endif |
552 | } | 552 | } |
553 | break; | 553 | break; |
554 | } | 554 | } |
555 | } | 555 | } |
556 | 556 | ||
557 | 557 | ||
558 | static void setBass( int t = 0, int percent = -1 ) | 558 | static void setBass( int t = 0, int percent = -1 ) |
559 | { | 559 | { |
560 | switch ( t ) { | 560 | switch ( t ) { |
561 | case 0: { | 561 | case 0: { |
562 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); | 562 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); |
563 | cfg.setGroup( "Volume" ); | 563 | cfg.setGroup( "Volume" ); |
564 | if ( percent < 0 ) | 564 | if ( percent < 0 ) |
565 | percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "BassPercent", 50 ); | 565 | percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "BassPercent", 50 ); |
566 | 566 | ||
567 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND | 567 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND |
568 | int fd = 0; | 568 | int fd = 0; |
569 | int bass = percent; | 569 | int bass = percent; |
570 | #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS | 570 | #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS |
571 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { | 571 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { |
572 | #else | 572 | #else |
573 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { | 573 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { |
574 | #endif | 574 | #endif |
575 | ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_BASS ), &bass ); | 575 | ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_BASS ), &bass ); |
576 | ::close( fd ); | 576 | ::close( fd ); |
577 | } | 577 | } |
578 | #endif | 578 | #endif |
579 | } | 579 | } |
580 | break; | 580 | break; |
581 | } | 581 | } |
582 | } | 582 | } |
583 | 583 | ||
584 | 584 | ||
585 | static void setTreble( int t = 0, int percent = -1 ) | 585 | static void setTreble( int t = 0, int percent = -1 ) |
586 | { | 586 | { |
587 | switch ( t ) { | 587 | switch ( t ) { |
588 | case 0: { | 588 | case 0: { |
589 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); | 589 | Config cfg( "qpe" ); |
590 | cfg.setGroup( "Volume" ); | 590 | cfg.setGroup( "Volume" ); |
591 | if ( percent < 0 ) | 591 | if ( percent < 0 ) |
592 | percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "TreblePercent", 50 ); | 592 | percent = cfg.readNumEntry( "TreblePercent", 50 ); |
593 | 593 | ||
594 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND | 594 | #ifndef QT_NO_SOUND |
595 | int fd = 0; | 595 | int fd = 0; |
596 | int treble = percent; | 596 | int treble = percent; |
597 | #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS | 597 | #ifdef QT_QWS_DEVFS |
598 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { | 598 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/sound/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { |
599 | #else | 599 | #else |
600 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { | 600 | if ( ( fd = open( "/dev/mixer", O_RDWR ) ) >= 0 ) { |
601 | #endif | 601 | #endif |
602 | ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_TREBLE ), &treble ); | 602 | ioctl( fd, MIXER_WRITE( SOUND_MIXER_TREBLE ), &treble ); |
603 | ::close( fd ); | 603 | ::close( fd ); |
604 | } | 604 | } |
605 | #endif | 605 | #endif |
606 | } | 606 | } |
607 | break; | 607 | break; |
608 | } | 608 | } |
609 | } | 609 | } |
610 | 610 | ||
611 | 611 | ||
612 | /** | 612 | /** |
613 | \class QPEApplication | 613 | \class QPEApplication |
614 | \brief The QPEApplication class implements various system services | 614 | \brief The QPEApplication class implements various system services |
615 | that are available to all Qtopia applications. | 615 | that are available to all Qtopia applications. |
616 | 616 | ||
617 | Simply by using QPEApplication instead of QApplication, a standard Qt | 617 | Simply by using QPEApplication instead of QApplication, a standard Qt |
618 | application becomes a Qtopia application. It automatically follows | 618 | application becomes a Qtopia application. It automatically follows |
619 | style changes, quits and raises, and in the | 619 | style changes, quits and raises, and in the |
620 | case of \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink applications, | 620 | case of \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink applications, |
621 | changes the currently displayed document in response to the environment. | 621 | changes the currently displayed document in response to the environment. |
622 | 622 | ||
623 | To create a \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink | 623 | To create a \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink |
624 | application use showMainDocumentWidget(); to create a | 624 | application use showMainDocumentWidget(); to create a |
625 | non-document-oriented application use showMainWidget(). The | 625 | non-document-oriented application use showMainWidget(). The |
626 | keepRunning() function indicates whether the application will | 626 | keepRunning() function indicates whether the application will |
627 | continue running after it's processed the last \link qcop.html | 627 | continue running after it's processed the last \link qcop.html |
628 | QCop\endlink message. This can be changed using setKeepRunning(). | 628 | QCop\endlink message. This can be changed using setKeepRunning(). |
629 | 629 | ||
630 | A variety of signals are emitted when certain events occur, for | 630 | A variety of signals are emitted when certain events occur, for |
631 | example, timeChanged(), clockChanged(), weekChanged(), | 631 | example, timeChanged(), clockChanged(), weekChanged(), |
632 | dateFormatChanged() and volumeChanged(). If the application receives | 632 | dateFormatChanged() and volumeChanged(). If the application receives |
633 | a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink message on the application's | 633 | a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink message on the application's |
634 | QPE/Application/\e{appname} channel, the appMessage() signal is | 634 | QPE/Application/\e{appname} channel, the appMessage() signal is |
635 | emitted. There are also flush() and reload() signals, which | 635 | emitted. There are also flush() and reload() signals, which |
636 | are emitted when synching begins and ends respectively - upon these | 636 | are emitted when synching begins and ends respectively - upon these |
637 | signals, the application should save and reload any data | 637 | signals, the application should save and reload any data |
638 | files that are involved in synching. Most of these signals will initially | 638 | files that are involved in synching. Most of these signals will initially |
639 | be received and unfiltered through the appMessage() signal. | 639 | be received and unfiltered through the appMessage() signal. |
640 | 640 | ||
641 | This class also provides a set of useful static functions. The | 641 | This class also provides a set of useful static functions. The |
642 | qpeDir() and documentDir() functions return the respective paths. | 642 | qpeDir() and documentDir() functions return the respective paths. |
643 | The grabKeyboard() and ungrabKeyboard() functions are used to | 643 | The grabKeyboard() and ungrabKeyboard() functions are used to |
644 | control whether the application takes control of the device's | 644 | control whether the application takes control of the device's |
645 | physical buttons (e.g. application launch keys). The stylus' mode of | 645 | physical buttons (e.g. application launch keys). The stylus' mode of |
646 | operation is set with setStylusOperation() and retrieved with | 646 | operation is set with setStylusOperation() and retrieved with |
647 | stylusOperation(). There are also setInputMethodHint() and | 647 | stylusOperation(). There are also setInputMethodHint() and |
648 | inputMethodHint() functions. | 648 | inputMethodHint() functions. |
649 | 649 | ||
650 | \ingroup qtopiaemb | 650 | \ingroup qtopiaemb |
651 | */ | 651 | */ |
652 | 652 | ||
653 | /*! | 653 | /*! |
654 | \fn void QPEApplication::clientMoused() | 654 | \fn void QPEApplication::clientMoused() |
655 | 655 | ||
656 | \internal | 656 | \internal |
657 | */ | 657 | */ |
658 | 658 | ||
659 | /*! | 659 | /*! |
660 | \fn void QPEApplication::timeChanged(); | 660 | \fn void QPEApplication::timeChanged(); |
661 | This signal is emitted when the time changes outside the normal | 661 | This signal is emitted when the time changes outside the normal |
662 | passage of time, i.e. if the time is set backwards or forwards. | 662 | passage of time, i.e. if the time is set backwards or forwards. |
663 | */ | 663 | */ |
664 | 664 | ||
665 | /*! | 665 | /*! |
666 | \fn void QPEApplication::clockChanged( bool ampm ); | 666 | \fn void QPEApplication::clockChanged( bool ampm ); |
667 | 667 | ||
668 | This signal is emitted when the user changes the clock's style. If | 668 | This signal is emitted when the user changes the clock's style. If |
669 | \a ampm is TRUE, the user wants a 12-hour AM/PM clock, otherwise, | 669 | \a ampm is TRUE, the user wants a 12-hour AM/PM clock, otherwise, |
670 | they want a 24-hour clock. | 670 | they want a 24-hour clock. |
671 | */ | 671 | */ |
672 | 672 | ||
673 | /*! | 673 | /*! |
674 | \fn void QPEApplication::volumeChanged( bool muted ) | 674 | \fn void QPEApplication::volumeChanged( bool muted ) |
675 | 675 | ||
676 | This signal is emitted whenever the mute state is changed. If \a | 676 | This signal is emitted whenever the mute state is changed. If \a |
677 | muted is TRUE, then sound output has been muted. | 677 | muted is TRUE, then sound output has been muted. |
678 | */ | 678 | */ |
679 | 679 | ||
680 | /*! | 680 | /*! |
681 | \fn void QPEApplication::weekChanged( bool startOnMonday ) | 681 | \fn void QPEApplication::weekChanged( bool startOnMonday ) |
682 | 682 | ||
683 | This signal is emitted if the week start day is changed. If \a | 683 | This signal is emitted if the week start day is changed. If \a |
684 | startOnMonday is TRUE then the first day of the week is Monday; if | 684 | startOnMonday is TRUE then the first day of the week is Monday; if |
685 | \a startOnMonday is FALSE then the first day of the week is | 685 | \a startOnMonday is FALSE then the first day of the week is |
686 | Sunday. | 686 | Sunday. |
687 | */ | 687 | */ |
688 | 688 | ||
689 | /*! | 689 | /*! |
690 | \fn void QPEApplication::dateFormatChanged(DateFormat) | 690 | \fn void QPEApplication::dateFormatChanged(DateFormat) |
691 | 691 | ||
692 | This signal is emitted whenever the date format is changed. | 692 | This signal is emitted whenever the date format is changed. |
693 | */ | 693 | */ |
694 | 694 | ||
695 | /*! | 695 | /*! |
696 | \fn void QPEApplication::flush() | 696 | \fn void QPEApplication::flush() |
697 | 697 | ||
698 | ### | 698 | ### |
699 | */ | 699 | */ |
700 | 700 | ||
701 | /*! | 701 | /*! |
702 | \fn void QPEApplication::reload() | 702 | \fn void QPEApplication::reload() |
703 | 703 | ||
704 | */ | 704 | */ |
705 | 705 | ||
706 | 706 | ||
707 | 707 | ||
708 | void QPEApplication::processQCopFile() | 708 | void QPEApplication::processQCopFile() |
709 | { | 709 | { |
710 | QString qcopfn("/tmp/qcop-msg-"); | 710 | QString qcopfn("/tmp/qcop-msg-"); |
711 | qcopfn += d->appName; // append command name | 711 | qcopfn += d->appName; // append command name |
712 | 712 | ||
713 | QFile f(qcopfn); | 713 | QFile f(qcopfn); |
714 | if ( f.open(IO_ReadWrite) ) { | 714 | if ( f.open(IO_ReadWrite) ) { |
715 | #ifndef Q_OS_WIN32 | 715 | #ifndef Q_OS_WIN32 |
716 | flock(f.handle(), LOCK_EX); | 716 | flock(f.handle(), LOCK_EX); |
717 | #endif | 717 | #endif |
718 | QDataStream ds(&f); | 718 | QDataStream ds(&f); |
719 | QCString channel, message; | 719 | QCString channel, message; |
720 | QByteArray data; | 720 | QByteArray data; |
721 | while(!ds.atEnd()) { | 721 | while(!ds.atEnd()) { |
722 | ds >> channel >> message >> data; | 722 | ds >> channel >> message >> data; |
723 | d->enqueueQCop(channel,message,data); | 723 | d->enqueueQCop(channel,message,data); |
724 | } | 724 | } |
725 | ::ftruncate(f.handle(), 0); | 725 | ::ftruncate(f.handle(), 0); |
726 | #ifndef Q_OS_WIN32 | 726 | #ifndef Q_OS_WIN32 |
727 | f.flush(); | 727 | f.flush(); |
728 | flock(f.handle(), LOCK_UN); | 728 | flock(f.handle(), LOCK_UN); |
729 | #endif | 729 | #endif |
730 | } | 730 | } |
731 | #endif | 731 | #endif |
732 | } | 732 | } |
733 | 733 | ||
734 | 734 | ||
735 | /*! | 735 | /*! |
736 | \fn void QPEApplication::appMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data ) | 736 | \fn void QPEApplication::appMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data ) |
737 | 737 | ||
738 | This signal is emitted when a message is received on this | 738 | This signal is emitted when a message is received on this |
739 | application's QPE/Application/<i>appname</i> \link qcop.html | 739 | application's QPE/Application/<i>appname</i> \link qcop.html |
740 | QCop\endlink channel. | 740 | QCop\endlink channel. |
741 | 741 | ||
742 | The slot to which you connect this signal uses \a msg and \a data | 742 | The slot to which you connect this signal uses \a msg and \a data |
743 | in the following way: | 743 | in the following way: |
744 | 744 | ||
745 | \code | 745 | \code |
746 | void MyWidget::receive( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data ) | 746 | void MyWidget::receive( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data ) |
747 | { | 747 | { |
748 | QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); | 748 | QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); |
749 | if ( msg == "someMessage(int,int,int)" ) { | 749 | if ( msg == "someMessage(int,int,int)" ) { |
750 | int a,b,c; | 750 | int a,b,c; |
751 | stream >> a >> b >> c; | 751 | stream >> a >> b >> c; |
752 | ... | 752 | ... |
753 | } else if ( msg == "otherMessage(QString)" ) { | 753 | } else if ( msg == "otherMessage(QString)" ) { |
754 | ... | 754 | ... |
755 | } | 755 | } |
756 | } | 756 | } |
757 | \endcode | 757 | \endcode |
758 | 758 | ||
759 | \sa qcop.html | 759 | \sa qcop.html |
760 | Note that messages received here may be processed by qpe application | 760 | Note that messages received here may be processed by qpe application |
761 | and emitted as signals, such as flush() and reload(). | 761 | and emitted as signals, such as flush() and reload(). |
762 | */ | 762 | */ |
763 | 763 | ||
764 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION | 764 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION |
765 | static void qtopia_loadTranslations( const QStringList& qms ) | 765 | static void qtopia_loadTranslations( const QStringList& qms ) |
766 | { | 766 | { |
767 | QStringList langs = Global::languageList(); | 767 | QStringList langs = Global::languageList(); |
768 | 768 | ||
769 | for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = langs.begin(); it!=langs.end(); ++it) { | 769 | for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = langs.begin(); it!=langs.end(); ++it) { |
770 | QString lang = *it; | 770 | QString lang = *it; |
771 | 771 | ||
772 | QTranslator * trans; | 772 | QTranslator * trans; |
773 | QString tfn; | 773 | QString tfn; |
774 | 774 | ||
775 | for (QStringList::ConstIterator qmit = qms.begin(); qmit!=qms.end(); ++qmit) { | 775 | for (QStringList::ConstIterator qmit = qms.begin(); qmit!=qms.end(); ++qmit) { |
776 | trans = new QTranslator(qApp); | 776 | trans = new QTranslator(qApp); |
777 | tfn = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "i18n/" + lang + "/" + *qmit + ".qm"; | 777 | tfn = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "i18n/" + lang + "/" + *qmit + ".qm"; |
778 | if ( trans->load( tfn )) | 778 | if ( trans->load( tfn )) |
779 | qApp->installTranslator( trans ); | 779 | qApp->installTranslator( trans ); |
780 | else | 780 | else |
781 | delete trans; | 781 | delete trans; |
782 | } | 782 | } |
783 | } | 783 | } |
784 | } | 784 | } |
785 | #endif | 785 | #endif |
786 | 786 | ||
787 | /* | 787 | /* |
788 | Turn off qDebug in release mode | 788 | Turn off qDebug in release mode |
789 | */ | 789 | */ |
790 | static void qtopiaMsgHandler(QtMsgType type, const char* msg) | 790 | static void qtopiaMsgHandler(QtMsgType type, const char* msg) |
791 | { | 791 | { |
792 | switch ( type ) { | 792 | switch ( type ) { |
793 | case QtDebugMsg: | 793 | case QtDebugMsg: |
794 | #ifdef QT_DEBUG | 794 | #ifdef QT_DEBUG |
795 | fprintf( stderr, "Debug: %s\n", msg ); | 795 | fprintf( stderr, "Debug: %s\n", msg ); |
796 | #endif | 796 | #endif |
797 | break; | 797 | break; |
798 | case QtWarningMsg: | 798 | case QtWarningMsg: |
799 | #ifdef QT_DEBUG | 799 | #ifdef QT_DEBUG |
800 | fprintf( stderr, "Warning: %s\n", msg ); | 800 | fprintf( stderr, "Warning: %s\n", msg ); |
801 | #endif | 801 | #endif |
802 | break; | 802 | break; |
803 | case QtFatalMsg: | 803 | case QtFatalMsg: |
804 | fprintf( stderr, "Fatal: %s\n", msg ); | 804 | fprintf( stderr, "Fatal: %s\n", msg ); |
805 | abort(); | 805 | abort(); |
806 | } | 806 | } |
807 | } | 807 | } |
808 | 808 | ||
809 | /*! | 809 | /*! |
810 | Constructs a QPEApplication just as you would construct | 810 | Constructs a QPEApplication just as you would construct |
811 | a QApplication, passing \a argc, \a argv, and \a t. | 811 | a QApplication, passing \a argc, \a argv, and \a t. |
812 | 812 | ||
813 | For applications, \a t should be the default, GuiClient. Only | 813 | For applications, \a t should be the default, GuiClient. Only |
814 | the Qtopia server passes GuiServer. | 814 | the Qtopia server passes GuiServer. |
815 | */ | 815 | */ |
816 | QPEApplication::QPEApplication( int & argc, char **argv, Type t ) | 816 | QPEApplication::QPEApplication( int & argc, char **argv, Type t ) |
817 | : QApplication( hack(argc), argv, t ), pidChannel( 0 ) | 817 | : QApplication( hack(argc), argv, t ), pidChannel( 0 ) |
818 | { | 818 | { |
819 | QPixmapCache::setCacheLimit(256); // sensible default for smaller devices. | 819 | QPixmapCache::setCacheLimit(256); // sensible default for smaller devices. |
820 | qInstallMsgHandler(qtopiaMsgHandler); | 820 | qInstallMsgHandler(qtopiaMsgHandler); |
821 | 821 | ||
822 | d = new QPEApplicationData; | 822 | d = new QPEApplicationData; |
823 | d->loadTextCodecs(); | 823 | d->loadTextCodecs(); |
824 | d->loadImageCodecs(); | 824 | d->loadImageCodecs(); |
825 | 825 | ||
826 | setFont( QFont( d->fontFamily, d->fontSize ) ); | 826 | setFont( QFont( d->fontFamily, d->fontSize ) ); |
827 | AppLnk::setSmallIconSize( d->smallIconSize ); | 827 | AppLnk::setSmallIconSize( d->smallIconSize ); |
828 | AppLnk::setBigIconSize( d->bigIconSize ); | 828 | AppLnk::setBigIconSize( d->bigIconSize ); |
829 | 829 | ||
830 | QMimeSourceFactory::setDefaultFactory( new ResourceMimeFactory ); | 830 | QMimeSourceFactory::setDefaultFactory( new ResourceMimeFactory ); |
831 | 831 | ||
832 | connect( this, SIGNAL( lastWindowClosed() ), this, SLOT( hideOrQuit() ) ); | 832 | connect( this, SIGNAL( lastWindowClosed() ), this, SLOT( hideOrQuit() ) ); |
833 | 833 | ||
834 | 834 | ||
835 | sysChannel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/System", this ); | 835 | sysChannel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/System", this ); |
836 | connect( sysChannel, SIGNAL( received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ), | 836 | connect( sysChannel, SIGNAL( received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ), |
837 | this, SLOT( systemMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ) ); | 837 | this, SLOT( systemMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ) ); |
838 | 838 | ||
839 | /* COde now in initapp */ | 839 | /* COde now in initapp */ |
840 | #if 0 | 840 | #if 0 |
841 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) | 841 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) |
842 | 842 | ||
843 | QString qcopfn( "/tmp/qcop-msg-" ); | 843 | QString qcopfn( "/tmp/qcop-msg-" ); |
844 | qcopfn += QString( argv[ 0 ] ); // append command name | 844 | qcopfn += QString( argv[ 0 ] ); // append command name |
845 | 845 | ||
846 | QFile f( qcopfn ); | 846 | QFile f( qcopfn ); |
847 | if ( f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) { | 847 | if ( f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) { |
848 | flock( f.handle(), LOCK_EX ); | 848 | flock( f.handle(), LOCK_EX ); |
849 | } | 849 | } |
850 | 850 | ||
851 | 851 | ||
852 | 852 | ||
853 | QCString channel = QCString( argv[ 0 ] ); | 853 | QCString channel = QCString( argv[ 0 ] ); |
854 | channel.replace( QRegExp( ".*/" ), "" ); | 854 | channel.replace( QRegExp( ".*/" ), "" ); |
855 | d->appName = channel; | 855 | d->appName = channel; |
856 | channel = "QPE/Application/" + channel; | 856 | channel = "QPE/Application/" + channel; |
857 | pidChannel = new QCopChannel( channel, this ); | 857 | pidChannel = new QCopChannel( channel, this ); |
858 | connect( pidChannel, SIGNAL( received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ), | 858 | connect( pidChannel, SIGNAL( received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ), |
859 | this, SLOT( pidMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ) ); | 859 | this, SLOT( pidMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) ) ); |
860 | 860 | ||
861 | if ( f.isOpen() ) { | 861 | if ( f.isOpen() ) { |
862 | d->keep_running = FALSE; | 862 | d->keep_running = FALSE; |
863 | QDataStream ds( &f ); | 863 | QDataStream ds( &f ); |
864 | QCString channel, message; | 864 | QCString channel, message; |
865 | QByteArray data; | 865 | QByteArray data; |
866 | while ( !ds.atEnd() ) { | 866 | while ( !ds.atEnd() ) { |
867 | ds >> channel >> message >> data; | 867 | ds >> channel >> message >> data; |
868 | d->enqueueQCop( channel, message, data ); | 868 | d->enqueueQCop( channel, message, data ); |
869 | } | 869 | } |
870 | 870 | ||
871 | flock( f.handle(), LOCK_UN ); | 871 | flock( f.handle(), LOCK_UN ); |
872 | f.close(); | 872 | f.close(); |
873 | f.remove(); | 873 | f.remove(); |
874 | } | 874 | } |
875 | 875 | ||
876 | for ( int a = 0; a < argc; a++ ) { | 876 | for ( int a = 0; a < argc; a++ ) { |
877 | if ( qstrcmp( argv[ a ], "-preload" ) == 0 ) { | 877 | if ( qstrcmp( argv[ a ], "-preload" ) == 0 ) { |
878 | argv[ a ] = argv[ a + 1 ]; | 878 | argv[ a ] = argv[ a + 1 ]; |
879 | a++; | 879 | a++; |
880 | d->preloaded = TRUE; | 880 | d->preloaded = TRUE; |
881 | argc -= 1; | 881 | argc -= 1; |
882 | } | 882 | } |
883 | else if ( qstrcmp( argv[ a ], "-preload-show" ) == 0 ) { | 883 | else if ( qstrcmp( argv[ a ], "-preload-show" ) == 0 ) { |
884 | argv[ a ] = argv[ a + 1 ]; | 884 | argv[ a ] = argv[ a + 1 ]; |
885 | a++; | 885 | a++; |
886 | d->preloaded = TRUE; | 886 | d->preloaded = TRUE; |
887 | d->forceshow = TRUE; | 887 | d->forceshow = TRUE; |
888 | argc -= 1; | 888 | argc -= 1; |
889 | } | 889 | } |
890 | } | 890 | } |
891 | 891 | ||
892 | /* overide stored arguments */ | 892 | /* overide stored arguments */ |
893 | setArgs( argc, argv ); | 893 | setArgs( argc, argv ); |
894 | 894 | ||
895 | #endif | 895 | #endif |
896 | #else | 896 | #else |
897 | initApp( argc, argv ); | 897 | initApp( argc, argv ); |
898 | #endif | 898 | #endif |
899 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS | 899 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS |
900 | /* load the font renderer factories */ | 900 | /* load the font renderer factories */ |
901 | FontDatabase::loadRenderers(); | 901 | FontDatabase::loadRenderers(); |
902 | #endif | 902 | #endif |
903 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION | 903 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION |
904 | QStringList qms; | 904 | QStringList qms; |
905 | qms << "libqpe"; | 905 | qms << "libqpe"; |
906 | qms << "libopie"; | 906 | qms << "libopie"; |
907 | qms << d->appName; | 907 | qms << d->appName; |
908 | 908 | ||
909 | qtopia_loadTranslations(qms); | 909 | qtopia_loadTranslations(qms); |
910 | #endif | 910 | #endif |
911 | 911 | ||
912 | applyStyle(); | 912 | applyStyle(); |
913 | 913 | ||
914 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { | 914 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { |
915 | setVolume(); | 915 | setVolume(); |
916 | } | 916 | } |
917 | 917 | ||
918 | installEventFilter( this ); | 918 | installEventFilter( this ); |
919 | 919 | ||
920 | QPEMenuToolFocusManager::initialize(); | 920 | QPEMenuToolFocusManager::initialize(); |
921 | 921 | ||
922 | #ifdef QT_NO_QWS_CURSOR | 922 | #ifdef QT_NO_QWS_CURSOR |
923 | // if we have no cursor, probably don't want tooltips | 923 | // if we have no cursor, probably don't want tooltips |
924 | QToolTip::setEnabled( FALSE ); | 924 | QToolTip::setEnabled( FALSE ); |
925 | #endif | 925 | #endif |
926 | } | 926 | } |
927 | 927 | ||
928 | 928 | ||
929 | #ifdef QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP | 929 | #ifdef QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP |
930 | void QPEApplication::initApp( int argc, char **argv ) | 930 | void QPEApplication::initApp( int argc, char **argv ) |
931 | { | 931 | { |
932 | delete pidChannel; | 932 | delete pidChannel; |
933 | d->keep_running = TRUE; | 933 | d->keep_running = TRUE; |
934 | d->preloaded = FALSE; | 934 | d->preloaded = FALSE; |
935 | d->forceshow = FALSE; | 935 | d->forceshow = FALSE; |
936 | 936 | ||
937 | QCString channel = QCString(argv[0]); | 937 | QCString channel = QCString(argv[0]); |
938 | 938 | ||
939 | channel.replace(QRegExp(".*/"),""); | 939 | channel.replace(QRegExp(".*/"),""); |
940 | d->appName = channel; | 940 | d->appName = channel; |
941 | 941 | ||
942 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION | 942 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION |
943 | qtopia_loadTranslations( QStringList()<<channel ); | 943 | qtopia_loadTranslations( QStringList()<<channel ); |
944 | #endif | 944 | #endif |
945 | 945 | ||
946 | #if QT_VERSION > 235 | 946 | #if QT_VERSION > 235 |
947 | qt_fbdpy->setIdentity( channel ); // In Qt/E 2.3.6 | 947 | qt_fbdpy->setIdentity( channel ); // In Qt/E 2.3.6 |
948 | #endif | 948 | #endif |
949 | 949 | ||
950 | channel = "QPE/Application/" + channel; | 950 | channel = "QPE/Application/" + channel; |
951 | pidChannel = new QCopChannel( channel, this); | 951 | pidChannel = new QCopChannel( channel, this); |
952 | connect( pidChannel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)), | 952 | connect( pidChannel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)), |
953 | this, SLOT(pidMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&))); | 953 | this, SLOT(pidMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&))); |
954 | 954 | ||
955 | 955 | ||
956 | 956 | ||
957 | processQCopFile(); | 957 | processQCopFile(); |
958 | d->keep_running = d->qcopq.isEmpty(); | 958 | d->keep_running = d->qcopq.isEmpty(); |
959 | 959 | ||
960 | for (int a=0; a<argc; a++) { | 960 | for (int a=0; a<argc; a++) { |
961 | if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload")==0 ) { | 961 | if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload")==0 ) { |
962 | argv[a] = argv[a+1]; | 962 | argv[a] = argv[a+1]; |
963 | a++; | 963 | a++; |
964 | d->preloaded = TRUE; | 964 | d->preloaded = TRUE; |
965 | argc-=1; | 965 | argc-=1; |
966 | } else if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload-show")==0 ) { | 966 | } else if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload-show")==0 ) { |
967 | argv[a] = argv[a+1]; | 967 | argv[a] = argv[a+1]; |
968 | a++; | 968 | a++; |
969 | d->preloaded = TRUE; | 969 | d->preloaded = TRUE; |
970 | d->forceshow = TRUE; | 970 | d->forceshow = TRUE; |
971 | argc-=1; | 971 | argc-=1; |
972 | } | 972 | } |
973 | } | 973 | } |
974 | 974 | ||
975 | /* overide stored arguments */ | 975 | /* overide stored arguments */ |
976 | setArgs(argc, argv); | 976 | setArgs(argc, argv); |
977 | } | 977 | } |
978 | #endif | 978 | #endif |
979 | 979 | ||
980 | 980 | ||
981 | static QPtrDict<void>* inputMethodDict = 0; | 981 | static QPtrDict<void>* inputMethodDict = 0; |
982 | static void createInputMethodDict() | 982 | static void createInputMethodDict() |
983 | { | 983 | { |
984 | if ( !inputMethodDict ) | 984 | if ( !inputMethodDict ) |
985 | inputMethodDict = new QPtrDict<void>; | 985 | inputMethodDict = new QPtrDict<void>; |
986 | } | 986 | } |
987 | 987 | ||
988 | /*! | 988 | /*! |
989 | Returns the currently set hint to the system as to whether | 989 | Returns the currently set hint to the system as to whether |
990 | widget \a w has any use for text input methods. | 990 | widget \a w has any use for text input methods. |
991 | 991 | ||
992 | 992 | ||
993 | \sa setInputMethodHint() InputMethodHint | 993 | \sa setInputMethodHint() InputMethodHint |
994 | */ | 994 | */ |
995 | QPEApplication::InputMethodHint QPEApplication::inputMethodHint( QWidget * w ) | 995 | QPEApplication::InputMethodHint QPEApplication::inputMethodHint( QWidget * w ) |
996 | { | 996 | { |
997 | if ( inputMethodDict && w ) | 997 | if ( inputMethodDict && w ) |
998 | return ( InputMethodHint ) ( int ) inputMethodDict->find( w ); | 998 | return ( InputMethodHint ) ( int ) inputMethodDict->find( w ); |
999 | return Normal; | 999 | return Normal; |
1000 | } | 1000 | } |
1001 | 1001 | ||
1002 | /*! | 1002 | /*! |
1003 | \enum QPEApplication::InputMethodHint | 1003 | \enum QPEApplication::InputMethodHint |
1004 | 1004 | ||
1005 | \value Normal the application sometimes needs text input (the default). | 1005 | \value Normal the application sometimes needs text input (the default). |
1006 | \value AlwaysOff the application never needs text input. | 1006 | \value AlwaysOff the application never needs text input. |
1007 | \value AlwaysOn the application always needs text input. | 1007 | \value AlwaysOn the application always needs text input. |
1008 | */ | 1008 | */ |
1009 | 1009 | ||
1010 | /*! | 1010 | /*! |
1011 | Hints to the system that widget \a w has use for text input methods | 1011 | Hints to the system that widget \a w has use for text input methods |
1012 | as specified by \a mode. | 1012 | as specified by \a mode. |
1013 | 1013 | ||
1014 | \sa inputMethodHint() InputMethodHint | 1014 | \sa inputMethodHint() InputMethodHint |
1015 | */ | 1015 | */ |
1016 | void QPEApplication::setInputMethodHint( QWidget * w, InputMethodHint mode ) | 1016 | void QPEApplication::setInputMethodHint( QWidget * w, InputMethodHint mode ) |
1017 | { | 1017 | { |
1018 | createInputMethodDict(); | 1018 | createInputMethodDict(); |
1019 | if ( mode == Normal ) { | 1019 | if ( mode == Normal ) { |
1020 | inputMethodDict->remove | 1020 | inputMethodDict->remove |
1021 | ( w ); | 1021 | ( w ); |
1022 | } | 1022 | } |
1023 | else { | 1023 | else { |
1024 | inputMethodDict->insert( w, ( void* ) mode ); | 1024 | inputMethodDict->insert( w, ( void* ) mode ); |
1025 | } | 1025 | } |
1026 | } | 1026 | } |
1027 | 1027 | ||
1028 | class HackDialog : public QDialog | 1028 | class HackDialog : public QDialog |
1029 | { | 1029 | { |
1030 | public: | 1030 | public: |
1031 | void acceptIt() | 1031 | void acceptIt() |
1032 | { | 1032 | { |
1033 | accept(); | 1033 | accept(); |
1034 | } | 1034 | } |
1035 | void rejectIt() | 1035 | void rejectIt() |
1036 | { | 1036 | { |
1037 | reject(); | 1037 | reject(); |
1038 | } | 1038 | } |
1039 | }; | 1039 | }; |
1040 | 1040 | ||
1041 | 1041 | ||
1042 | void QPEApplication::mapToDefaultAction( QWSKeyEvent * ke, int key ) | 1042 | void QPEApplication::mapToDefaultAction( QWSKeyEvent * ke, int key ) |
1043 | { | 1043 | { |
1044 | // specialised actions for certain widgets. May want to | 1044 | // specialised actions for certain widgets. May want to |
1045 | // add more stuff here. | 1045 | // add more stuff here. |
1046 | if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QListBox" ) | 1046 | if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QListBox" ) |
1047 | && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget() | 1047 | && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget() |
1048 | && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget() ->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) | 1048 | && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget() ->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) |
1049 | key = Qt::Key_Return; | 1049 | key = Qt::Key_Return; |
1050 | 1050 | ||
1051 | if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) | 1051 | if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) |
1052 | key = Qt::Key_Return; | 1052 | key = Qt::Key_Return; |
1053 | 1053 | ||
1054 | #ifdef QWS | 1054 | #ifdef QWS |
1055 | 1055 | ||
1056 | ke->simpleData.keycode = key; | 1056 | ke->simpleData.keycode = key; |
1057 | #endif | 1057 | #endif |
1058 | } | 1058 | } |
1059 | 1059 | ||
1060 | 1060 | ||
1061 | /*! | 1061 | /*! |
1062 | \internal | 1062 | \internal |
1063 | */ | 1063 | */ |
1064 | 1064 | ||
1065 | #ifdef QWS | 1065 | #ifdef QWS |
1066 | bool QPEApplication::qwsEventFilter( QWSEvent * e ) | 1066 | bool QPEApplication::qwsEventFilter( QWSEvent * e ) |
1067 | { | 1067 | { |
1068 | if ( !d->notbusysent && e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) { | 1068 | if ( !d->notbusysent && e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) { |
1069 | if ( qApp->type() != QApplication::GuiServer ) { | 1069 | if ( qApp->type() != QApplication::GuiServer ) { |
1070 | QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "notBusy(QString)" ); | 1070 | QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "notBusy(QString)" ); |
1071 | e << d->appName; | 1071 | e << d->appName; |
1072 | } | 1072 | } |
1073 | d->notbusysent = TRUE; | 1073 | d->notbusysent = TRUE; |
1074 | } | 1074 | } |
1075 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { | 1075 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { |
1076 | switch ( e->type ) { | 1076 | switch ( e->type ) { |
1077 | case QWSEvent::Mouse: | 1077 | case QWSEvent::Mouse: |
1078 | if ( e->asMouse() ->simpleData.state && !QWidget::find( e->window() ) ) | 1078 | if ( e->asMouse() ->simpleData.state && !QWidget::find( e->window() ) ) |
1079 | emit clientMoused(); | 1079 | emit clientMoused(); |
1080 | break; | 1080 | break; |
1081 | default: | 1081 | default: |
1082 | break; | 1082 | break; |
1083 | } | 1083 | } |
1084 | } | 1084 | } |
1085 | if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Key ) { | 1085 | if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Key ) { |
1086 | QWSKeyEvent *ke = ( QWSKeyEvent * ) e; | 1086 | QWSKeyEvent *ke = ( QWSKeyEvent * ) e; |
1087 | if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F33 ) { | 1087 | if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F33 ) { |
1088 | // Use special "OK" key to press "OK" on top level widgets | 1088 | // Use special "OK" key to press "OK" on top level widgets |
1089 | QWidget * active = activeWindow(); | 1089 | QWidget * active = activeWindow(); |
1090 | QWidget *popup = 0; | 1090 | QWidget *popup = 0; |
1091 | if ( active && active->isPopup() ) { | 1091 | if ( active && active->isPopup() ) { |
1092 | popup = active; | 1092 | popup = active; |
1093 | active = active->parentWidget(); | 1093 | active = active->parentWidget(); |
1094 | } | 1094 | } |
1095 | if ( active && ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window && | 1095 | if ( active && ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window && |
1096 | !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) { | 1096 | !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) { |
1097 | if ( ke->simpleData.is_press ) { | 1097 | if ( ke->simpleData.is_press ) { |
1098 | if ( popup ) | 1098 | if ( popup ) |
1099 | popup->close(); | 1099 | popup->close(); |
1100 | if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) { | 1100 | if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) { |
1101 | HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active; | 1101 | HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active; |
1102 | d->acceptIt(); | 1102 | d->acceptIt(); |
1103 | return TRUE; | 1103 | return TRUE; |
1104 | } | 1104 | } |
1105 | else if ( ( ( HackWidget * ) active ) ->needsOk() ) { | 1105 | else if ( ( ( HackWidget * ) active ) ->needsOk() ) { |
1106 | QSignal s; | 1106 | QSignal s; |
1107 | s.connect( active, SLOT( accept() ) ); | 1107 | s.connect( active, SLOT( accept() ) ); |
1108 | s.activate(); | 1108 | s.activate(); |
1109 | } | 1109 | } |
1110 | else { | 1110 | else { |
1111 | // do the same as with the select key: Map to the default action of the widget: | 1111 | // do the same as with the select key: Map to the default action of the widget: |
1112 | mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Return ); | 1112 | mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Return ); |
1113 | } | 1113 | } |
1114 | } | 1114 | } |
1115 | } | 1115 | } |
1116 | } | 1116 | } |
1117 | else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F30 ) { | 1117 | else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F30 ) { |
1118 | // Use special "select" key to do whatever default action a widget has | 1118 | // Use special "select" key to do whatever default action a widget has |
1119 | mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Space ); | 1119 | mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Space ); |
1120 | } | 1120 | } |
1121 | else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_Escape && | 1121 | else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_Escape && |
1122 | ke->simpleData.is_press ) { | 1122 | ke->simpleData.is_press ) { |
1123 | // Escape key closes app if focus on toplevel | 1123 | // Escape key closes app if focus on toplevel |
1124 | QWidget * active = activeWindow(); | 1124 | QWidget * active = activeWindow(); |
1125 | if ( active && active->testWFlags( WType_TopLevel ) && | 1125 | if ( active && active->testWFlags( WType_TopLevel ) && |
1126 | ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window && | 1126 | ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window && |
1127 | !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Dialog | WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) { | 1127 | !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Dialog | WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) { |
1128 | if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) { | 1128 | if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) { |
1129 | HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active; | 1129 | HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active; |
1130 | d->rejectIt(); | 1130 | d->rejectIt(); |
1131 | return TRUE; | 1131 | return TRUE; |
1132 | } else /*if ( strcmp( argv() [ 0 ], "embeddedkonsole" ) != 0 )*/ { | 1132 | } else /*if ( strcmp( argv() [ 0 ], "embeddedkonsole" ) != 0 )*/ { |
1133 | active->close(); | 1133 | active->close(); |
1134 | } | 1134 | } |
1135 | } | 1135 | } |
1136 | 1136 | ||
1137 | } | 1137 | } |
1138 | else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode >= Qt::Key_F1 && ke->simpleData.keycode <= Qt::Key_F29 ) { | 1138 | else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode >= Qt::Key_F1 && ke->simpleData.keycode <= Qt::Key_F29 ) { |
1139 | // this should be if ( ODevice::inst ( )-> buttonForKeycode ( ... )) | 1139 | // this should be if ( ODevice::inst ( )-> buttonForKeycode ( ... )) |
1140 | // but we cannot access libopie function within libqpe :( | 1140 | // but we cannot access libopie function within libqpe :( |
1141 | 1141 | ||
1142 | QWidget * active = activeWindow ( ); | 1142 | QWidget * active = activeWindow ( ); |
1143 | if ( active && ((int) active-> winId ( ) == ke-> simpleData.window )) { | 1143 | if ( active && ((int) active-> winId ( ) == ke-> simpleData.window )) { |
1144 | if ( d-> kbgrabbed ) { // we grabbed the keyboard | 1144 | if ( d-> kbgrabbed ) { // we grabbed the keyboard |
1145 | QChar ch ( ke-> simpleData.unicode ); | 1145 | QChar ch ( ke-> simpleData.unicode ); |
1146 | QKeyEvent qke ( ke-> simpleData. is_press ? QEvent::KeyPress : QEvent::KeyRelease, | 1146 | QKeyEvent qke ( ke-> simpleData. is_press ? QEvent::KeyPress : QEvent::KeyRelease, |
1147 | ke-> simpleData.keycode, | 1147 | ke-> simpleData.keycode, |
1148 | ch. latin1 ( ), | 1148 | ch. latin1 ( ), |
1149 | ke-> simpleData.modifiers, | 1149 | ke-> simpleData.modifiers, |
1150 | QString ( ch ), | 1150 | QString ( ch ), |
1151 | ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat, 1 ); | 1151 | ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat, 1 ); |
1152 | 1152 | ||
1153 | QObject *which = QWidget::keyboardGrabber ( ); | 1153 | QObject *which = QWidget::keyboardGrabber ( ); |
1154 | if ( !which ) | 1154 | if ( !which ) |
1155 | which = QApplication::focusWidget ( ); | 1155 | which = QApplication::focusWidget ( ); |
1156 | if ( !which ) | 1156 | if ( !which ) |
1157 | which = QApplication::activeWindow ( ); | 1157 | which = QApplication::activeWindow ( ); |
1158 | if ( !which ) | 1158 | if ( !which ) |
1159 | which = qApp; | 1159 | which = qApp; |
1160 | 1160 | ||
1161 | QApplication::sendEvent ( which, &qke ); | 1161 | QApplication::sendEvent ( which, &qke ); |
1162 | } | 1162 | } |
1163 | else { // we didn't grab the keyboard, so send the event to the launcher | 1163 | else { // we didn't grab the keyboard, so send the event to the launcher |
1164 | QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/Launcher", "deviceButton(int,int,int)" ); | 1164 | QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/Launcher", "deviceButton(int,int,int)" ); |
1165 | e << int( ke-> simpleData.keycode ) << int( ke-> simpleData. is_press ) << int( ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat ); | 1165 | e << int( ke-> simpleData.keycode ) << int( ke-> simpleData. is_press ) << int( ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat ); |
1166 | } | 1166 | } |
1167 | } | 1167 | } |
1168 | return true; | 1168 | return true; |
1169 | } | 1169 | } |
1170 | } | 1170 | } |
1171 | if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) { | 1171 | if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) { |
1172 | QWSFocusEvent * fe = ( QWSFocusEvent* ) e; | 1172 | QWSFocusEvent * fe = ( QWSFocusEvent* ) e; |
1173 | if ( !fe->simpleData.get_focus ) { | 1173 | if ( !fe->simpleData.get_focus ) { |
1174 | QWidget * active = activeWindow(); | 1174 | QWidget * active = activeWindow(); |
1175 | while ( active && active->isPopup() ) { | 1175 | while ( active && active->isPopup() ) { |
1176 | active->close(); | 1176 | active->close(); |
1177 | active = activeWindow(); | 1177 | active = activeWindow(); |
1178 | } | 1178 | } |
1179 | } | 1179 | } |
1180 | else { | 1180 | else { |
1181 | // make sure our modal widget is ALWAYS on top | 1181 | // make sure our modal widget is ALWAYS on top |
1182 | QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget(); | 1182 | QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget(); |
1183 | if ( topm && static_cast<int>( topm->winId() ) != fe->simpleData.window) { | 1183 | if ( topm && static_cast<int>( topm->winId() ) != fe->simpleData.window) { |
1184 | topm->raise(); | 1184 | topm->raise(); |
1185 | } | 1185 | } |
1186 | } | 1186 | } |
1187 | if ( fe->simpleData.get_focus && inputMethodDict ) { | 1187 | if ( fe->simpleData.get_focus && inputMethodDict ) { |
1188 | InputMethodHint m = inputMethodHint( QWidget::find( e->window() ) ); | 1188 | InputMethodHint m = inputMethodHint( QWidget::find( e->window() ) ); |
1189 | if ( m == AlwaysOff ) | 1189 | if ( m == AlwaysOff ) |
1190 | Global::hideInputMethod(); | 1190 | Global::hideInputMethod(); |
1191 | if ( m == AlwaysOn ) | 1191 | if ( m == AlwaysOn ) |
1192 | Global::showInputMethod(); | 1192 | Global::showInputMethod(); |
1193 | } | 1193 | } |
1194 | } | 1194 | } |
1195 | 1195 | ||
1196 | 1196 | ||
1197 | return QApplication::qwsEventFilter( e ); | 1197 | return QApplication::qwsEventFilter( e ); |
1198 | } | 1198 | } |
1199 | #endif | 1199 | #endif |
1200 | 1200 | ||
1201 | /*! | 1201 | /*! |
1202 | Destroys the QPEApplication. | 1202 | Destroys the QPEApplication. |
1203 | */ | 1203 | */ |
1204 | QPEApplication::~QPEApplication() | 1204 | QPEApplication::~QPEApplication() |
1205 | { | 1205 | { |
1206 | ungrabKeyboard(); | 1206 | ungrabKeyboard(); |
1207 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) | 1207 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) |
1208 | // Need to delete QCopChannels early, since the display will | 1208 | // Need to delete QCopChannels early, since the display will |
1209 | // be gone by the time we get to ~QObject(). | 1209 | // be gone by the time we get to ~QObject(). |
1210 | delete sysChannel; | 1210 | delete sysChannel; |
1211 | delete pidChannel; | 1211 | delete pidChannel; |
1212 | #endif | 1212 | #endif |
1213 | 1213 | ||
1214 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK | 1214 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK |
1215 | if( d->RoH ) | 1215 | if( d->RoH ) |
1216 | delete d->RoH; | 1216 | delete d->RoH; |
1217 | #endif | 1217 | #endif |
1218 | delete d; | 1218 | delete d; |
1219 | } | 1219 | } |
1220 | 1220 | ||
1221 | /*! | 1221 | /*! |
1222 | Returns <tt>$OPIEDIR/</tt>. | 1222 | Returns <tt>$OPIEDIR/</tt>. |
1223 | */ | 1223 | */ |
1224 | QString QPEApplication::qpeDir() | 1224 | QString QPEApplication::qpeDir() |
1225 | { | 1225 | { |
1226 | QString base, dir; | 1226 | QString base, dir; |
1227 | 1227 | ||
1228 | if (getenv( "OPIEDIR" )) | 1228 | if (getenv( "OPIEDIR" )) |
1229 | base = QString(getenv("OPIEDIR")).stripWhiteSpace(); | 1229 | base = QString(getenv("OPIEDIR")).stripWhiteSpace(); |
1230 | if ( !base.isNull() && (base.length() > 0 )){ | 1230 | if ( !base.isNull() && (base.length() > 0 )){ |
1231 | #ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 | 1231 | #ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 |
1232 | QString temp(base); | 1232 | QString temp(base); |
1233 | if (temp[(int)temp.length()-1] != QDir::separator()) | 1233 | if (temp[(int)temp.length()-1] != QDir::separator()) |
1234 | temp.append(QDir::separator()); | 1234 | temp.append(QDir::separator()); |
1235 | dir = temp; | 1235 | dir = temp; |
1236 | #else | 1236 | #else |
1237 | dir = QString( base ) + "/"; | 1237 | dir = QString( base ) + "/"; |
1238 | #endif | 1238 | #endif |
1239 | }else{ | 1239 | }else{ |
1240 | dir = QString( ".." ) + QDir::separator(); | 1240 | dir = QString( ".." ) + QDir::separator(); |
1241 | } | 1241 | } |
1242 | 1242 | ||
1243 | return dir; | 1243 | return dir; |
1244 | } | 1244 | } |
1245 | 1245 | ||
1246 | /*! | 1246 | /*! |
1247 | Returns the user's current Document directory. There is a trailing "/". | 1247 | Returns the user's current Document directory. There is a trailing "/". |
1248 | .. well, it does now,, and there's no trailing '/' | 1248 | .. well, it does now,, and there's no trailing '/' |
1249 | */ | 1249 | */ |
1250 | QString QPEApplication::documentDir() | 1250 | QString QPEApplication::documentDir() |
1251 | { | 1251 | { |
1252 | const char* base = getenv( "HOME"); | 1252 | const char* base = getenv( "HOME"); |
1253 | if ( base ) | 1253 | if ( base ) |
1254 | return QString( base ) + "/Documents"; | 1254 | return QString( base ) + "/Documents"; |
1255 | 1255 | ||
1256 | return QString( "../Documents" ); | 1256 | return QString( "../Documents" ); |
1257 | } | 1257 | } |
1258 | 1258 | ||
1259 | static int deforient = -1; | 1259 | static int deforient = -1; |
1260 | 1260 | ||
1261 | /*! | 1261 | /*! |
1262 | \internal | 1262 | \internal |
1263 | */ | 1263 | */ |
1264 | int QPEApplication::defaultRotation() | 1264 | int QPEApplication::defaultRotation() |
1265 | { | 1265 | { |
1266 | if ( deforient < 0 ) { | 1266 | if ( deforient < 0 ) { |
1267 | QString d = getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" ); | 1267 | QString d = getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" ); |
1268 | if ( d.contains( "Rot90" ) ) { | 1268 | if ( d.contains( "Rot90" ) ) { |
1269 | deforient = 90; | 1269 | deforient = 90; |
1270 | } | 1270 | } |
1271 | else if ( d.contains( "Rot180" ) ) { | 1271 | else if ( d.contains( "Rot180" ) ) { |
1272 | deforient = 180; | 1272 | deforient = 180; |
1273 | } | 1273 | } |
1274 | else if ( d.contains( "Rot270" ) ) { | 1274 | else if ( d.contains( "Rot270" ) ) { |
1275 | deforient = 270; | 1275 | deforient = 270; |
1276 | } | 1276 | } |
1277 | else { | 1277 | else { |
1278 | deforient = 0; | 1278 | deforient = 0; |
1279 | } | 1279 | } |
1280 | } | 1280 | } |
1281 | return deforient; | 1281 | return deforient; |
1282 | } | 1282 | } |
1283 | 1283 | ||
1284 | /*! | 1284 | /*! |
1285 | \internal | 1285 | \internal |
1286 | */ | 1286 | */ |
1287 | void QPEApplication::setDefaultRotation( int r ) | 1287 | void QPEApplication::setDefaultRotation( int r ) |
1288 | { | 1288 | { |
1289 | if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) { | 1289 | if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) { |
1290 | deforient = r; | 1290 | deforient = r; |
1291 | setenv( "QWS_DISPLAY", QString( "Transformed:Rot%1:0" ).arg( r ).latin1(), 1 ); | 1291 | int j = 0; |
1292 | QCString old = getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" ) ? getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" ) : "Transformed"; | ||
1293 | QString driver( old.left( ( ( j = old.find( ':' ) ) >= 0 ) ? j : old.size() ).data() ); | ||
1294 | setenv( "QWS_DISPLAY", QString( "%1:Rot%2:0" ).arg(driver).arg( r ).latin1(), 1 ); | ||
1292 | Config config("qpe"); | 1295 | Config config("qpe"); |
1293 | config.setGroup( "Rotation" ); | 1296 | config.setGroup( "Rotation" ); |
1294 | config.writeEntry( "Rot", r ); | 1297 | config.writeEntry( "Rot", r ); |
1295 | } | 1298 | } |
1296 | else { | 1299 | else { |
1297 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 1300 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
1298 | { QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "setDefaultRotation(int)" ); | 1301 | { QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "setDefaultRotation(int)" ); |
1299 | e << r; | 1302 | e << r; |
1300 | } | 1303 | } |
1301 | #endif | 1304 | #endif |
1302 | 1305 | ||
1303 | } | 1306 | } |
1304 | } | 1307 | } |
1305 | 1308 | ||
1306 | #include <qgfx_qws.h> | 1309 | #include <qgfx_qws.h> |
1307 | #include <qwindowsystem_qws.h> | 1310 | #include <qwindowsystem_qws.h> |
1308 | 1311 | ||
1309 | #if QT_VERSION > 236 | 1312 | #if QT_VERSION > 236 |
1310 | extern void qws_clearLoadedFonts(); | 1313 | extern void qws_clearLoadedFonts(); |
1311 | #endif | 1314 | #endif |
1312 | 1315 | ||
1313 | void QPEApplication::setCurrentMode( int x, int y, int depth ) | 1316 | void QPEApplication::setCurrentMode( int x, int y, int depth ) |
1314 | { | 1317 | { |
1315 | // Reset the caches | 1318 | // Reset the caches |
1316 | #if QT_VERSION > 236 | 1319 | #if QT_VERSION > 236 |
1317 | qws_clearLoadedFonts(); | 1320 | qws_clearLoadedFonts(); |
1318 | #endif | 1321 | #endif |
1319 | QPixmapCache::clear(); | 1322 | QPixmapCache::clear(); |
1320 | 1323 | ||
1321 | // Change the screen mode | 1324 | // Change the screen mode |
1322 | qt_screen->setMode(x, y, depth); | 1325 | qt_screen->setMode(x, y, depth); |
1323 | 1326 | ||
1324 | if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) { | 1327 | if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) { |
1325 | #if QT_VERSION > 236 | 1328 | #if QT_VERSION > 236 |
1326 | // Reconfigure the GuiServer | 1329 | // Reconfigure the GuiServer |
1327 | qwsServer->beginDisplayReconfigure(); | 1330 | qwsServer->beginDisplayReconfigure(); |
1328 | qwsServer->endDisplayReconfigure(); | 1331 | qwsServer->endDisplayReconfigure(); |
1329 | #endif | 1332 | #endif |
1330 | // Get all the running apps to reset | 1333 | // Get all the running apps to reset |
1331 | QCopEnvelope env( "QPE/System", "reset()" ); | 1334 | QCopEnvelope env( "QPE/System", "reset()" ); |
1332 | } | 1335 | } |
1333 | } | 1336 | } |
1334 | 1337 | ||
1335 | void QPEApplication::reset() { | 1338 | void QPEApplication::reset() { |
1336 | // Reconnect to the screen | 1339 | // Reconnect to the screen |
1337 | qt_screen->disconnect(); | 1340 | qt_screen->disconnect(); |
1338 | qt_screen->connect( QString::null ); | 1341 | qt_screen->connect( QString::null ); |
1339 | 1342 | ||
1340 | // Redraw everything | 1343 | // Redraw everything |
1341 | applyStyle(); | 1344 | applyStyle(); |
1342 | } | 1345 | } |
1343 | 1346 | ||
1344 | #if (QT_VERSION < 238) && defined Q_OS_MACX | 1347 | #if (QT_VERSION < 238) && defined Q_OS_MACX |
1345 | bool qt_left_hand_scrollbars = false; | 1348 | bool qt_left_hand_scrollbars = false; |
1346 | #else | 1349 | #else |
1347 | extern bool qt_left_hand_scrollbars QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL; | 1350 | extern bool qt_left_hand_scrollbars QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL; |
1348 | #endif | 1351 | #endif |
1349 | 1352 | ||
1350 | /*! | 1353 | /*! |
1351 | \internal | 1354 | \internal |
1352 | */ | 1355 | */ |
1353 | void QPEApplication::applyStyle() | 1356 | void QPEApplication::applyStyle() |
1354 | { | 1357 | { |
1355 | Config config( "qpe" ); | 1358 | Config config( "qpe" ); |
1356 | config.setGroup( "Appearance" ); | 1359 | config.setGroup( "Appearance" ); |
1357 | 1360 | ||
1358 | #if QT_VERSION > 233 | 1361 | #if QT_VERSION > 233 |
1359 | // Widget style | 1362 | // Widget style |
1360 | QString style = config.readEntry( "Style", "FlatStyle" ); | 1363 | QString style = config.readEntry( "Style", "FlatStyle" ); |
1361 | 1364 | ||
1362 | internalSetStyle ( style ); | 1365 | internalSetStyle ( style ); |
1363 | 1366 | ||
1364 | // Colors - from /etc/colors/Liquid.scheme | 1367 | // Colors - from /etc/colors/Liquid.scheme |
1365 | QColor bgcolor( config.readEntry( "Background", "#E0E0E0" ) ); | 1368 | QColor bgcolor( config.readEntry( "Background", "#E0E0E0" ) ); |
1366 | QColor btncolor( config.readEntry( "Button", "#96c8fa" ) ); | 1369 | QColor btncolor( config.readEntry( "Button", "#96c8fa" ) ); |
1367 | QPalette pal( btncolor, bgcolor ); | 1370 | QPalette pal( btncolor, bgcolor ); |
1368 | QString color = config.readEntry( "Highlight", "#73adef" ); | 1371 | QString color = config.readEntry( "Highlight", "#73adef" ); |
1369 | pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, QColor( color ) ); | 1372 | pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, QColor( color ) ); |
1370 | color = config.readEntry( "HighlightedText", "#FFFFFF" ); | 1373 | color = config.readEntry( "HighlightedText", "#FFFFFF" ); |
1371 | pal.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, QColor( color ) ); | 1374 | pal.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, QColor( color ) ); |
1372 | color = config.readEntry( "Text", "#000000" ); | 1375 | color = config.readEntry( "Text", "#000000" ); |
1373 | pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Text, QColor( color ) ); | 1376 | pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Text, QColor( color ) ); |
1374 | color = config.readEntry( "ButtonText", "#000000" ); | 1377 | color = config.readEntry( "ButtonText", "#000000" ); |
1375 | pal.setColor( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::ButtonText, QColor( color ) ); | 1378 | pal.setColor( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::ButtonText, QColor( color ) ); |
1376 | color = config.readEntry( "Base", "#FFFFFF" ); | 1379 | color = config.readEntry( "Base", "#FFFFFF" ); |
1377 | pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Base, QColor( color ) ); | 1380 | pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Base, QColor( color ) ); |
1378 | 1381 | ||
1379 | pal.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, QColorGroup::Text, | 1382 | pal.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, QColorGroup::Text, |
1380 | pal.color( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Background ).dark() ); | 1383 | pal.color( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Background ).dark() ); |
1381 | 1384 | ||
1382 | setPalette( pal, TRUE ); | 1385 | setPalette( pal, TRUE ); |
1383 | 1386 | ||
1384 | 1387 | ||
1385 | // Set the ScrollBar on the 'right' side but only if the weak symbol is present | 1388 | // Set the ScrollBar on the 'right' side but only if the weak symbol is present |
1386 | if (&qt_left_hand_scrollbars ) | 1389 | if (&qt_left_hand_scrollbars ) |
1387 | qt_left_hand_scrollbars = config.readBoolEntry( "LeftHand", false ); | 1390 | qt_left_hand_scrollbars = config.readBoolEntry( "LeftHand", false ); |
1388 | 1391 | ||
1389 | // Window Decoration | 1392 | // Window Decoration |
1390 | QString dec = config.readEntry( "Decoration", "Flat" ); | 1393 | QString dec = config.readEntry( "Decoration", "Flat" ); |
1391 | 1394 | ||
1392 | if ( dec != d->decorationName ) { | 1395 | if ( dec != d->decorationName ) { |
1393 | qwsSetDecoration( new QPEDecoration( dec ) ); | 1396 | qwsSetDecoration( new QPEDecoration( dec ) ); |
1394 | d->decorationName = dec; | 1397 | d->decorationName = dec; |
1395 | } | 1398 | } |
1396 | 1399 | ||
1397 | // Font | 1400 | // Font |
1398 | QString ff = config.readEntry( "FontFamily", font().family() ); | 1401 | QString ff = config.readEntry( "FontFamily", font().family() ); |
1399 | int fs = config.readNumEntry( "FontSize", font().pointSize() ); | 1402 | int fs = config.readNumEntry( "FontSize", font().pointSize() ); |
1400 | 1403 | ||
1401 | setFont ( QFont ( ff, fs ), true ); | 1404 | setFont ( QFont ( ff, fs ), true ); |
1402 | #endif | 1405 | #endif |
1403 | } | 1406 | } |
1404 | 1407 | ||
1405 | void QPEApplication::systemMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data ) | 1408 | void QPEApplication::systemMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data ) |
1406 | { | 1409 | { |
1407 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS | 1410 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS |
1408 | QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); | 1411 | QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); |
1409 | if ( msg == "applyStyle()" ) { | 1412 | if ( msg == "applyStyle()" ) { |
1410 | applyStyle(); | 1413 | applyStyle(); |
1411 | } | 1414 | } |
1412 | else if ( msg == "toggleApplicationMenu()" ) { | 1415 | else if ( msg == "toggleApplicationMenu()" ) { |
1413 | QWidget *active = activeWindow ( ); | 1416 | QWidget *active = activeWindow ( ); |
1414 | 1417 | ||
1415 | if ( active ) { | 1418 | if ( active ) { |
1416 | QPEMenuToolFocusManager *man = QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager ( ); | 1419 | QPEMenuToolFocusManager *man = QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager ( ); |
1417 | bool oldactive = man-> isActive ( ); | 1420 | bool oldactive = man-> isActive ( ); |
1418 | 1421 | ||
1419 | man-> setActive( !man-> isActive() ); | 1422 | man-> setActive( !man-> isActive() ); |
1420 | 1423 | ||
1421 | if ( !oldactive && !man-> isActive ( )) { // no menubar to toggle -> try O-Menu | 1424 | if ( !oldactive && !man-> isActive ( )) { // no menubar to toggle -> try O-Menu |
1422 | QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/TaskBar", "toggleStartMenu()" ); | 1425 | QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/TaskBar", "toggleStartMenu()" ); |
1423 | } | 1426 | } |
1424 | } | 1427 | } |
1425 | } | 1428 | } |
1426 | else if ( msg == "setDefaultRotation(int)" ) { | 1429 | else if ( msg == "setDefaultRotation(int)" ) { |
1427 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { | 1430 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { |
1428 | int r; | 1431 | int r; |
1429 | stream >> r; | 1432 | stream >> r; |
1430 | setDefaultRotation( r ); | 1433 | setDefaultRotation( r ); |
1431 | } | 1434 | } |
1432 | } | 1435 | } |
1433 | else if ( msg == "setCurrentMode(int,int,int)" ) { // Added: 2003-06-11 by Tim Ansell <mithro@mithis.net> | 1436 | else if ( msg == "setCurrentMode(int,int,int)" ) { // Added: 2003-06-11 by Tim Ansell <mithro@mithis.net> |
1434 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { | 1437 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { |
1435 | int x, y, depth; | 1438 | int x, y, depth; |
1436 | stream >> x; | 1439 | stream >> x; |
1437 | stream >> y; | 1440 | stream >> y; |
1438 | stream >> depth; | 1441 | stream >> depth; |
1439 | setCurrentMode( x, y, depth ); | 1442 | setCurrentMode( x, y, depth ); |
1440 | } | 1443 | } |
1441 | } | 1444 | } |
1442 | else if ( msg == "reset()" ) { | 1445 | else if ( msg == "reset()" ) { |
1443 | if ( type() != GuiServer ) | 1446 | if ( type() != GuiServer ) |
1444 | reset(); | 1447 | reset(); |
1445 | } | 1448 | } |
1446 | else if ( msg == "setCurrentRotation(int)" ) { | 1449 | else if ( msg == "setCurrentRotation(int)" ) { |
1447 | int r; | 1450 | int r; |
1448 | stream >> r; | 1451 | stream >> r; |
1449 | setCurrentRotation( r ); | 1452 | setCurrentRotation( r ); |
1450 | } | 1453 | } |
1451 | else if ( msg == "shutdown()" ) { | 1454 | else if ( msg == "shutdown()" ) { |
1452 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) | 1455 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) |
1453 | shutdown(); | 1456 | shutdown(); |
1454 | } | 1457 | } |
1455 | else if ( msg == "quit()" ) { | 1458 | else if ( msg == "quit()" ) { |
1456 | if ( type() != GuiServer ) | 1459 | if ( type() != GuiServer ) |
1457 | tryQuit(); | 1460 | tryQuit(); |
1458 | } | 1461 | } |
1459 | else if ( msg == "forceQuit()" ) { | 1462 | else if ( msg == "forceQuit()" ) { |
1460 | if ( type() != GuiServer ) | 1463 | if ( type() != GuiServer ) |
1461 | quit(); | 1464 | quit(); |
1462 | } | 1465 | } |
1463 | else if ( msg == "restart()" ) { | 1466 | else if ( msg == "restart()" ) { |
1464 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) | 1467 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) |
1465 | restart(); | 1468 | restart(); |
1466 | } | 1469 | } |
1467 | else if ( msg == "language(QString)" ) { | 1470 | else if ( msg == "language(QString)" ) { |
1468 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { | 1471 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { |
1469 | QString l; | 1472 | QString l; |
1470 | stream >> l; | 1473 | stream >> l; |
1471 | QString cl = getenv( "LANG" ); | 1474 | QString cl = getenv( "LANG" ); |
1472 | if ( cl != l ) { | 1475 | if ( cl != l ) { |
1473 | if ( l.isNull() ) | 1476 | if ( l.isNull() ) |
1474 | unsetenv( "LANG" ); | 1477 | unsetenv( "LANG" ); |
1475 | else | 1478 | else |
1476 | setenv( "LANG", l.latin1(), 1 ); | 1479 | setenv( "LANG", l.latin1(), 1 ); |
1477 | restart(); | 1480 | restart(); |
1478 | } | 1481 | } |
1479 | } | 1482 | } |
1480 | } | 1483 | } |
1481 | else if ( msg == "timeChange(QString)" ) { | 1484 | else if ( msg == "timeChange(QString)" ) { |
1482 | QString t; | 1485 | QString t; |
1483 | stream >> t; | 1486 | stream >> t; |
1484 | if ( t.isNull() ) | 1487 | if ( t.isNull() ) |
1485 | unsetenv( "TZ" ); | 1488 | unsetenv( "TZ" ); |
1486 | else | 1489 | else |
1487 | setenv( "TZ", t.latin1(), 1 ); | 1490 | setenv( "TZ", t.latin1(), 1 ); |
1488 | // emit the signal so everyone else knows... | 1491 | // emit the signal so everyone else knows... |
1489 | emit timeChanged(); | 1492 | emit timeChanged(); |
1490 | } | 1493 | } |
1491 | else if ( msg == "addAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) { | 1494 | else if ( msg == "addAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) { |
1492 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { | 1495 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { |
1493 | QDateTime when; | 1496 | QDateTime when; |
1494 | QCString channel, message; | 1497 | QCString channel, message; |
1495 | int data; | 1498 | int data; |
1496 | stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data; | 1499 | stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data; |
1497 | AlarmServer::addAlarm( when, channel, message, data ); | 1500 | AlarmServer::addAlarm( when, channel, message, data ); |
1498 | } | 1501 | } |
1499 | } | 1502 | } |
1500 | else if ( msg == "deleteAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) { | 1503 | else if ( msg == "deleteAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) { |
1501 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { | 1504 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { |
1502 | QDateTime when; | 1505 | QDateTime when; |
1503 | QCString channel, message; | 1506 | QCString channel, message; |
1504 | int data; | 1507 | int data; |
1505 | stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data; | 1508 | stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data; |
1506 | AlarmServer::deleteAlarm( when, channel, message, data ); | 1509 | AlarmServer::deleteAlarm( when, channel, message, data ); |
1507 | } | 1510 | } |
1508 | } | 1511 | } |
1509 | else if ( msg == "clockChange(bool)" ) { | 1512 | else if ( msg == "clockChange(bool)" ) { |
1510 | int tmp; | 1513 | int tmp; |
1511 | stream >> tmp; | 1514 | stream >> tmp; |
1512 | emit clockChanged( tmp ); | 1515 | emit clockChanged( tmp ); |
1513 | } | 1516 | } |
1514 | else if ( msg == "weekChange(bool)" ) { | 1517 | else if ( msg == "weekChange(bool)" ) { |
1515 | int tmp; | 1518 | int tmp; |
1516 | stream >> tmp; | 1519 | stream >> tmp; |
1517 | emit weekChanged( tmp ); | 1520 | emit weekChanged( tmp ); |
1518 | } | 1521 | } |
1519 | else if ( msg == "setDateFormat(DateFormat)" ) { | 1522 | else if ( msg == "setDateFormat(DateFormat)" ) { |
1520 | DateFormat tmp; | 1523 | DateFormat tmp; |
1521 | stream >> tmp; | 1524 | stream >> tmp; |
1522 | emit dateFormatChanged( tmp ); | 1525 | emit dateFormatChanged( tmp ); |
1523 | } | 1526 | } |
1524 | else if ( msg == "setVolume(int,int)" ) { | 1527 | else if ( msg == "setVolume(int,int)" ) { |
1525 | int t, v; | 1528 | int t, v; |
1526 | stream >> t >> v; | 1529 | stream >> t >> v; |
1527 | setVolume( t, v ); | 1530 | setVolume( t, v ); |
1528 | emit volumeChanged( muted ); | 1531 | emit volumeChanged( muted ); |
1529 | } | 1532 | } |
1530 | else if ( msg == "volumeChange(bool)" ) { | 1533 | else if ( msg == "volumeChange(bool)" ) { |
1531 | stream >> muted; | 1534 | stream >> muted; |
1532 | setVolume(); | 1535 | setVolume(); |
1533 | emit volumeChanged( muted ); | 1536 | emit volumeChanged( muted ); |
1534 | } | 1537 | } |
1535 | else if ( msg == "setMic(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com> | 1538 | else if ( msg == "setMic(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com> |
1536 | int t, v; | 1539 | int t, v; |
1537 | stream >> t >> v; | 1540 | stream >> t >> v; |
1538 | setMic( t, v ); | 1541 | setMic( t, v ); |
1539 | emit micChanged( micMuted ); | 1542 | emit micChanged( micMuted ); |
1540 | } | 1543 | } |
1541 | else if ( msg == "micChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com> | 1544 | else if ( msg == "micChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com> |
1542 | stream >> micMuted; | 1545 | stream >> micMuted; |
1543 | setMic(); | 1546 | setMic(); |
1544 | emit micChanged( micMuted ); | 1547 | emit micChanged( micMuted ); |
1545 | } | 1548 | } |
1546 | else if ( msg == "setBass(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> | 1549 | else if ( msg == "setBass(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> |
1547 | int t, v; | 1550 | int t, v; |
1548 | stream >> t >> v; | 1551 | stream >> t >> v; |
1549 | setBass( t, v ); | 1552 | setBass( t, v ); |
1550 | } | 1553 | } |
1551 | else if ( msg == "bassChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> | 1554 | else if ( msg == "bassChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> |
1552 | setBass(); | 1555 | setBass(); |
1553 | } | 1556 | } |
1554 | else if ( msg == "setTreble(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> | 1557 | else if ( msg == "setTreble(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> |
1555 | int t, v; | 1558 | int t, v; |
1556 | stream >> t >> v; | 1559 | stream >> t >> v; |
1557 | setTreble( t, v ); | 1560 | setTreble( t, v ); |
1558 | } | 1561 | } |
1559 | else if ( msg == "trebleChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> | 1562 | else if ( msg == "trebleChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> |
1560 | setTreble(); | 1563 | setTreble(); |
1561 | } else if ( msg == "getMarkedText()" ) { | 1564 | } else if ( msg == "getMarkedText()" ) { |
1562 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { | 1565 | if ( type() == GuiServer ) { |
1563 | const ushort unicode = 'C'-'@'; | 1566 | const ushort unicode = 'C'-'@'; |
1564 | const int scan = Key_C; | 1567 | const int scan = Key_C; |
1565 | qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, TRUE, FALSE ); | 1568 | qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, TRUE, FALSE ); |
1566 | qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, FALSE, FALSE ); | 1569 | qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, FALSE, FALSE ); |
1567 | } | 1570 | } |
1568 | } else if ( msg == "newChannel(QString)") { | 1571 | } else if ( msg == "newChannel(QString)") { |
1569 | QString myChannel = "QPE/Application/" + d->appName; | 1572 | QString myChannel = "QPE/Application/" + d->appName; |
1570 | QString channel; | 1573 | QString channel; |
1571 | stream >> channel; | 1574 | stream >> channel; |
1572 | if (channel == myChannel) { | 1575 | if (channel == myChannel) { |
1573 | processQCopFile(); | 1576 | processQCopFile(); |
1574 | d->sendQCopQ(); | 1577 | d->sendQCopQ(); |
1575 | } | 1578 | } |
1576 | } | 1579 | } |
1577 | 1580 | ||
1578 | 1581 | ||
1579 | #endif | 1582 | #endif |
1580 | } | 1583 | } |
1581 | 1584 | ||
1582 | 1585 | ||
1583 | 1586 | ||
1584 | 1587 | ||
1585 | 1588 | ||
1586 | /*! | 1589 | /*! |
1587 | \internal | 1590 | \internal |
1588 | */ | 1591 | */ |
1589 | bool QPEApplication::raiseAppropriateWindow() | 1592 | bool QPEApplication::raiseAppropriateWindow() |
1590 | { | 1593 | { |
1591 | bool r=FALSE; | 1594 | bool r=FALSE; |
1592 | 1595 | ||
1593 | // 1. Raise the main widget | 1596 | // 1. Raise the main widget |
1594 | QWidget *top = d->qpe_main_widget; | 1597 | QWidget *top = d->qpe_main_widget; |
1595 | if ( !top ) top = mainWidget(); | 1598 | if ( !top ) top = mainWidget(); |
1596 | 1599 | ||
1597 | if ( top && d->keep_running ) { | 1600 | if ( top && d->keep_running ) { |
1598 | if ( top->isVisible() ) | 1601 | if ( top->isVisible() ) |
1599 | r = TRUE; | 1602 | r = TRUE; |
1600 | else if (d->preloaded) { | 1603 | else if (d->preloaded) { |
1601 | // We are preloaded and not visible.. pretend we just started.. | 1604 | // We are preloaded and not visible.. pretend we just started.. |
1602 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 1605 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
1603 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)"); | 1606 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)"); |
1604 | e << d->appName; | 1607 | e << d->appName; |
1605 | #endif | 1608 | #endif |
1606 | } | 1609 | } |
1607 | 1610 | ||
1608 | d->show_mx(top,d->nomaximize, d->appName); | 1611 | d->show_mx(top,d->nomaximize, d->appName); |
1609 | top->raise(); | 1612 | top->raise(); |
1610 | } | 1613 | } |
1611 | 1614 | ||
1612 | QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget(); | 1615 | QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget(); |
1613 | 1616 | ||
1614 | // 2. Raise any parentless widgets (except top and topm, as they | 1617 | // 2. Raise any parentless widgets (except top and topm, as they |
1615 | // are raised before and after this loop). Order from most | 1618 | // are raised before and after this loop). Order from most |
1616 | // recently raised as deepest to least recently as top, so | 1619 | // recently raised as deepest to least recently as top, so |
1617 | // that repeated calls cycle through widgets. | 1620 | // that repeated calls cycle through widgets. |
1618 | QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets(); | 1621 | QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets(); |
1619 | if ( list ) { | 1622 | if ( list ) { |
1620 | bool foundlast = FALSE; | 1623 | bool foundlast = FALSE; |
1621 | QWidget* topsub = 0; | 1624 | QWidget* topsub = 0; |
1622 | if ( d->lastraised ) { | 1625 | if ( d->lastraised ) { |
1623 | for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) { | 1626 | for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) { |
1624 | if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) { | 1627 | if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) { |
1625 | if ( w == d->lastraised ) | 1628 | if ( w == d->lastraised ) |
1626 | foundlast = TRUE; | 1629 | foundlast = TRUE; |
1627 | if ( foundlast ) { | 1630 | if ( foundlast ) { |
1628 | w->raise(); | 1631 | w->raise(); |
1629 | topsub = w; | 1632 | topsub = w; |
1630 | } | 1633 | } |
1631 | } | 1634 | } |
1632 | } | 1635 | } |
1633 | } | 1636 | } |
1634 | for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) { | 1637 | for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) { |
1635 | if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) { | 1638 | if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) { |
1636 | if ( w == d->lastraised ) | 1639 | if ( w == d->lastraised ) |
1637 | break; | 1640 | break; |
1638 | w->raise(); | 1641 | w->raise(); |
1639 | topsub = w; | 1642 | topsub = w; |
1640 | } | 1643 | } |
1641 | } | 1644 | } |
1642 | d->lastraised = topsub; | 1645 | d->lastraised = topsub; |
1643 | delete list; | 1646 | delete list; |
1644 | } | 1647 | } |
1645 | 1648 | ||
1646 | // 3. Raise the active modal widget. | 1649 | // 3. Raise the active modal widget. |
1647 | if ( topm ) { | 1650 | if ( topm ) { |
1648 | topm->show(); | 1651 | topm->show(); |
1649 | topm->raise(); | 1652 | topm->raise(); |
1650 | // If we haven't already handled the fastAppShowing message | 1653 | // If we haven't already handled the fastAppShowing message |
1651 | if (!top && d->preloaded) { | 1654 | if (!top && d->preloaded) { |
1652 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 1655 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
1653 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)"); | 1656 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)"); |
1654 | e << d->appName; | 1657 | e << d->appName; |
1655 | #endif | 1658 | #endif |
1656 | } | 1659 | } |
1657 | r = FALSE; | 1660 | r = FALSE; |
1658 | } | 1661 | } |
1659 | 1662 | ||
1660 | return r; | 1663 | return r; |
1661 | } | 1664 | } |
1662 | 1665 | ||
1663 | 1666 | ||
1664 | void QPEApplication::pidMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data) | 1667 | void QPEApplication::pidMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data) |
1665 | { | 1668 | { |
1666 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS | 1669 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS |
1667 | 1670 | ||
1668 | if ( msg == "quit()" ) { | 1671 | if ( msg == "quit()" ) { |
1669 | tryQuit(); | 1672 | tryQuit(); |
1670 | } | 1673 | } |
1671 | else if ( msg == "quitIfInvisible()" ) { | 1674 | else if ( msg == "quitIfInvisible()" ) { |
1672 | if ( d->qpe_main_widget && !d->qpe_main_widget->isVisible() ) | 1675 | if ( d->qpe_main_widget && !d->qpe_main_widget->isVisible() ) |
1673 | quit(); | 1676 | quit(); |
1674 | } | 1677 | } |
1675 | else if ( msg == "close()" ) { | 1678 | else if ( msg == "close()" ) { |
1676 | hideOrQuit(); | 1679 | hideOrQuit(); |
1677 | } | 1680 | } |
1678 | else if ( msg == "disablePreload()" ) { | 1681 | else if ( msg == "disablePreload()" ) { |
1679 | d->preloaded = FALSE; | 1682 | d->preloaded = FALSE; |
1680 | d->keep_running = TRUE; | 1683 | d->keep_running = TRUE; |
1681 | /* so that quit will quit */ | 1684 | /* so that quit will quit */ |
1682 | } | 1685 | } |
1683 | else if ( msg == "enablePreload()" ) { | 1686 | else if ( msg == "enablePreload()" ) { |
1684 | if (d->qpe_main_widget) | 1687 | if (d->qpe_main_widget) |
1685 | d->preloaded = TRUE; | 1688 | d->preloaded = TRUE; |
1686 | d->keep_running = TRUE; | 1689 | d->keep_running = TRUE; |
1687 | /* so next quit won't quit */ | 1690 | /* so next quit won't quit */ |
1688 | } | 1691 | } |
1689 | else if ( msg == "raise()" ) { | 1692 | else if ( msg == "raise()" ) { |
1690 | d->keep_running = TRUE; | 1693 | d->keep_running = TRUE; |
1691 | d->notbusysent = FALSE; | 1694 | d->notbusysent = FALSE; |
1692 | raiseAppropriateWindow(); | 1695 | raiseAppropriateWindow(); |
1693 | // Tell the system we're still chugging along... | 1696 | // Tell the system we're still chugging along... |
1694 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "appRaised(QString)"); | 1697 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "appRaised(QString)"); |
1695 | e << d->appName; | 1698 | e << d->appName; |
1696 | } | 1699 | } |
1697 | else if ( msg == "flush()" ) { | 1700 | else if ( msg == "flush()" ) { |
1698 | emit flush(); | 1701 | emit flush(); |
1699 | // we need to tell the desktop | 1702 | // we need to tell the desktop |
1700 | QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/Desktop", "flushDone(QString)" ); | 1703 | QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/Desktop", "flushDone(QString)" ); |
1701 | e << d->appName; | 1704 | e << d->appName; |
1702 | } | 1705 | } |
1703 | else if ( msg == "reload()" ) { | 1706 | else if ( msg == "reload()" ) { |
1704 | emit reload(); | 1707 | emit reload(); |
1705 | } | 1708 | } |
1706 | else if ( msg == "setDocument(QString)" ) { | 1709 | else if ( msg == "setDocument(QString)" ) { |
1707 | d->keep_running = TRUE; | 1710 | d->keep_running = TRUE; |
1708 | QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); | 1711 | QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); |
1709 | QString doc; | 1712 | QString doc; |
1710 | stream >> doc; | 1713 | stream >> doc; |
1711 | QWidget *mw = mainWidget(); | 1714 | QWidget *mw = mainWidget(); |
1712 | if ( !mw ) | 1715 | if ( !mw ) |
1713 | mw = d->qpe_main_widget; | 1716 | mw = d->qpe_main_widget; |
1714 | if ( mw ) | 1717 | if ( mw ) |
1715 | Global::setDocument( mw, doc ); | 1718 | Global::setDocument( mw, doc ); |
1716 | 1719 | ||
1717 | } else if ( msg == "QPEProcessQCop()" ) { | 1720 | } else if ( msg == "QPEProcessQCop()" ) { |
1718 | processQCopFile(); | 1721 | processQCopFile(); |
1719 | d->sendQCopQ(); | 1722 | d->sendQCopQ(); |
1720 | }else | 1723 | }else |
1721 | { | 1724 | { |
1722 | bool p = d->keep_running; | 1725 | bool p = d->keep_running; |
1723 | d->keep_running = FALSE; | 1726 | d->keep_running = FALSE; |
1724 | emit appMessage( msg, data); | 1727 | emit appMessage( msg, data); |
1725 | if ( d->keep_running ) { | 1728 | if ( d->keep_running ) { |
1726 | d->notbusysent = FALSE; | 1729 | d->notbusysent = FALSE; |
1727 | raiseAppropriateWindow(); | 1730 | raiseAppropriateWindow(); |
1728 | if ( !p ) { | 1731 | if ( !p ) { |
1729 | // Tell the system we're still chugging along... | 1732 | // Tell the system we're still chugging along... |
1730 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 1733 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
1731 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "appRaised(QString)"); | 1734 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "appRaised(QString)"); |
1732 | e << d->appName; | 1735 | e << d->appName; |
1733 | #endif | 1736 | #endif |
1734 | } | 1737 | } |
1735 | } | 1738 | } |
1736 | if ( p ) | 1739 | if ( p ) |
1737 | d->keep_running = p; | 1740 | d->keep_running = p; |
1738 | } | 1741 | } |
1739 | #endif | 1742 | #endif |
1740 | } | 1743 | } |
1741 | 1744 | ||
1742 | 1745 | ||
1743 | /*! | 1746 | /*! |
1744 | Sets widget \a mw as the mainWidget() and shows it. For small windows, | 1747 | Sets widget \a mw as the mainWidget() and shows it. For small windows, |
1745 | consider passing TRUE for \a nomaximize rather than the default FALSE. | 1748 | consider passing TRUE for \a nomaximize rather than the default FALSE. |
1746 | 1749 | ||
1747 | \sa showMainDocumentWidget() | 1750 | \sa showMainDocumentWidget() |
1748 | */ | 1751 | */ |
1749 | void QPEApplication::showMainWidget( QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize ) | 1752 | void QPEApplication::showMainWidget( QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize ) |
1750 | { | 1753 | { |
1751 | // setMainWidget(mw); this breaks FastLoading because lastWindowClose() would quit | 1754 | // setMainWidget(mw); this breaks FastLoading because lastWindowClose() would quit |
1752 | d->show(mw, nomaximize ); | 1755 | d->show(mw, nomaximize ); |
1753 | } | 1756 | } |
1754 | 1757 | ||
1755 | /*! | 1758 | /*! |
1756 | Sets widget \a mw as the mainWidget() and shows it. For small windows, | 1759 | Sets widget \a mw as the mainWidget() and shows it. For small windows, |
1757 | consider passing TRUE for \a nomaximize rather than the default FALSE. | 1760 | consider passing TRUE for \a nomaximize rather than the default FALSE. |
1758 | 1761 | ||
1759 | This calls designates the application as | 1762 | This calls designates the application as |
1760 | a \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink application. | 1763 | a \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink application. |
1761 | 1764 | ||
1762 | The \a mw widget \e must have this slot: setDocument(const QString&). | 1765 | The \a mw widget \e must have this slot: setDocument(const QString&). |
1763 | 1766 | ||
1764 | \sa showMainWidget() | 1767 | \sa showMainWidget() |
1765 | */ | 1768 | */ |
1766 | void QPEApplication::showMainDocumentWidget( QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize ) | 1769 | void QPEApplication::showMainDocumentWidget( QWidget* mw, bool nomaximize ) |
1767 | { | 1770 | { |
1768 | if ( mw && argc() == 2 ) | 1771 | if ( mw && argc() == 2 ) |
1769 | Global::setDocument( mw, QString::fromUtf8(argv()[1]) ); | 1772 | Global::setDocument( mw, QString::fromUtf8(argv()[1]) ); |
1770 | 1773 | ||
1771 | 1774 | ||
1772 | // setMainWidget(mw); see above | 1775 | // setMainWidget(mw); see above |
1773 | d->show(mw, nomaximize ); | 1776 | d->show(mw, nomaximize ); |
1774 | } | 1777 | } |
1775 | 1778 | ||
1776 | 1779 | ||
1777 | /*! | 1780 | /*! |
1778 | If an application is started via a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink | 1781 | If an application is started via a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink |
1779 | message, the application will process the \link qcop.html | 1782 | message, the application will process the \link qcop.html |
1780 | QCop\endlink message and then quit. If the application calls this | 1783 | QCop\endlink message and then quit. If the application calls this |
1781 | function while processing a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink message, | 1784 | function while processing a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink message, |
1782 | after processing its outstanding \link qcop.html QCop\endlink | 1785 | after processing its outstanding \link qcop.html QCop\endlink |
1783 | messages the application will start 'properly' and show itself. | 1786 | messages the application will start 'properly' and show itself. |
1784 | 1787 | ||
1785 | \sa keepRunning() | 1788 | \sa keepRunning() |
1786 | */ | 1789 | */ |
1787 | void QPEApplication::setKeepRunning() | 1790 | void QPEApplication::setKeepRunning() |
1788 | { | 1791 | { |
1789 | if ( qApp && qApp->inherits( "QPEApplication" ) ) { | 1792 | if ( qApp && qApp->inherits( "QPEApplication" ) ) { |
1790 | QPEApplication * qpeApp = ( QPEApplication* ) qApp; | 1793 | QPEApplication * qpeApp = ( QPEApplication* ) qApp; |
1791 | qpeApp->d->keep_running = TRUE; | 1794 | qpeApp->d->keep_running = TRUE; |
1792 | } | 1795 | } |
1793 | } | 1796 | } |
1794 | 1797 | ||
1795 | /*! | 1798 | /*! |
1796 | Returns TRUE if the application will quit after processing the | 1799 | Returns TRUE if the application will quit after processing the |
1797 | current list of qcop messages; otherwise returns FALSE. | 1800 | current list of qcop messages; otherwise returns FALSE. |
1798 | 1801 | ||
1799 | \sa setKeepRunning() | 1802 | \sa setKeepRunning() |
1800 | */ | 1803 | */ |
1801 | bool QPEApplication::keepRunning() const | 1804 | bool QPEApplication::keepRunning() const |
1802 | { | 1805 | { |
1803 | return d->keep_running; | 1806 | return d->keep_running; |
1804 | } | 1807 | } |
1805 | 1808 | ||
1806 | /*! | 1809 | /*! |
1807 | \internal | 1810 | \internal |
1808 | */ | 1811 | */ |
1809 | void QPEApplication::internalSetStyle( const QString &style ) | 1812 | void QPEApplication::internalSetStyle( const QString &style ) |
1810 | { | 1813 | { |
1811 | #if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000 | 1814 | #if QT_VERSION >= 0x030000 |
1812 | if ( style == "QPE" ) { | 1815 | if ( style == "QPE" ) { |
1813 | setStyle( new QPEStyle ); | 1816 | setStyle( new QPEStyle ); |
1814 | } | 1817 | } |
1815 | else { | 1818 | else { |
1816 | QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create( style ); | 1819 | QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create( style ); |
1817 | if ( s ) | 1820 | if ( s ) |
1818 | setStyle( s ); | 1821 | setStyle( s ); |
1819 | } | 1822 | } |
1820 | #else | 1823 | #else |
1821 | if ( style == "Windows" ) { | 1824 | if ( style == "Windows" ) { |
1822 | setStyle( new QWindowsStyle ); | 1825 | setStyle( new QWindowsStyle ); |
1823 | } | 1826 | } |
1824 | else if ( style == "QPE" ) { | 1827 | else if ( style == "QPE" ) { |
1825 | setStyle( new QPEStyle ); | 1828 | setStyle( new QPEStyle ); |
1826 | } | 1829 | } |
1827 | else if ( style == "Light" ) { | 1830 | else if ( style == "Light" ) { |
1828 | setStyle( new LightStyle ); | 1831 | setStyle( new LightStyle ); |
1829 | } | 1832 | } |
1830 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_PLATINUM | 1833 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_PLATINUM |
1831 | else if ( style == "Platinum" ) { | 1834 | else if ( style == "Platinum" ) { |
1832 | setStyle( new QPlatinumStyle ); | 1835 | setStyle( new QPlatinumStyle ); |
1833 | } | 1836 | } |
1834 | #endif | 1837 | #endif |
1835 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_MOTIF | 1838 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_MOTIF |
1836 | else if ( style == "Motif" ) { | 1839 | else if ( style == "Motif" ) { |
1837 | setStyle( new QMotifStyle ); | 1840 | setStyle( new QMotifStyle ); |
1838 | } | 1841 | } |
1839 | #endif | 1842 | #endif |
1840 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_MOTIFPLUS | 1843 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_MOTIFPLUS |
1841 | else if ( style == "MotifPlus" ) { | 1844 | else if ( style == "MotifPlus" ) { |
1842 | setStyle( new QMotifPlusStyle ); | 1845 | setStyle( new QMotifPlusStyle ); |
1843 | } | 1846 | } |
1844 | #endif | 1847 | #endif |
1845 | 1848 | ||
1846 | else { | 1849 | else { |
1847 | QStyle *sty = 0; | 1850 | QStyle *sty = 0; |
1848 | QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir ( ) + "plugins/styles/"; | 1851 | QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir ( ) + "plugins/styles/"; |
1849 | 1852 | ||
1850 | #ifdef Q_OS_MACX | 1853 | #ifdef Q_OS_MACX |
1851 | if ( style. find ( ".dylib" ) > 0 ) | 1854 | if ( style. find ( ".dylib" ) > 0 ) |
1852 | path += style; | 1855 | path += style; |
1853 | else | 1856 | else |
1854 | path = path + "lib" + style. lower ( ) + ".dylib"; // compatibility | 1857 | path = path + "lib" + style. lower ( ) + ".dylib"; // compatibility |
1855 | #else | 1858 | #else |
1856 | if ( style. find ( ".so" ) > 0 ) | 1859 | if ( style. find ( ".so" ) > 0 ) |
1857 | path += style; | 1860 | path += style; |
1858 | else | 1861 | else |
1859 | path = path + "lib" + style. lower ( ) + ".so"; // compatibility | 1862 | path = path + "lib" + style. lower ( ) + ".so"; // compatibility |
1860 | #endif | 1863 | #endif |
1861 | static QLibrary *lastlib = 0; | 1864 | static QLibrary *lastlib = 0; |
1862 | static StyleInterface *lastiface = 0; | 1865 | static StyleInterface *lastiface = 0; |
1863 | 1866 | ||
1864 | QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary ( path ); | 1867 | QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary ( path ); |
1865 | StyleInterface *iface = 0; | 1868 | StyleInterface *iface = 0; |
1866 | 1869 | ||
1867 | if (( lib-> queryInterface ( IID_Style, ( QUnknownInterface ** ) &iface ) == QS_OK ) && iface ) | 1870 | if (( lib-> queryInterface ( IID_Style, ( QUnknownInterface ** ) &iface ) == QS_OK ) && iface ) |
1868 | sty = iface-> style ( ); | 1871 | sty = iface-> style ( ); |
1869 | 1872 | ||
1870 | if ( sty ) { | 1873 | if ( sty ) { |
1871 | setStyle ( sty ); | 1874 | setStyle ( sty ); |
1872 | 1875 | ||
1873 | if ( lastiface ) | 1876 | if ( lastiface ) |
1874 | lastiface-> release ( ); | 1877 | lastiface-> release ( ); |
1875 | lastiface = iface; | 1878 | lastiface = iface; |
1876 | 1879 | ||
1877 | if ( lastlib ) { | 1880 | if ( lastlib ) { |
1878 | lastlib-> unload ( ); | 1881 | lastlib-> unload ( ); |
1879 | delete lastlib; | 1882 | delete lastlib; |
1880 | } | 1883 | } |
1881 | lastlib = lib; | 1884 | lastlib = lib; |
1882 | } | 1885 | } |
1883 | else { | 1886 | else { |
1884 | if ( iface ) | 1887 | if ( iface ) |
1885 | iface-> release ( ); | 1888 | iface-> release ( ); |
1886 | delete lib; | 1889 | delete lib; |
1887 | 1890 | ||
1888 | setStyle ( new LightStyle ( )); | 1891 | setStyle ( new LightStyle ( )); |
1889 | } | 1892 | } |
1890 | } | 1893 | } |
1891 | #endif | 1894 | #endif |
1892 | } | 1895 | } |
1893 | 1896 | ||
1894 | /*! | 1897 | /*! |
1895 | \internal | 1898 | \internal |
1896 | */ | 1899 | */ |
1897 | void QPEApplication::prepareForTermination( bool willrestart ) | 1900 | void QPEApplication::prepareForTermination( bool willrestart ) |
1898 | { | 1901 | { |
1899 | if ( willrestart ) { | 1902 | if ( willrestart ) { |
1900 | QLabel *lblWait = new QLabel( tr( "Please wait..." ), 0, "wait hack", QWidget::WStyle_Customize | | 1903 | QLabel *lblWait = new QLabel( tr( "Please wait..." ), 0, "wait hack", QWidget::WStyle_Customize | |
1901 | QWidget::WStyle_NoBorder | QWidget::WStyle_Tool ); | 1904 | QWidget::WStyle_NoBorder | QWidget::WStyle_Tool ); |
1902 | lblWait->setAlignment( QWidget::AlignCenter ); | 1905 | lblWait->setAlignment( QWidget::AlignCenter ); |
1903 | lblWait->show(); | 1906 | lblWait->show(); |
1904 | lblWait->showMaximized(); | 1907 | lblWait->showMaximized(); |
1905 | } | 1908 | } |
1906 | { QCopEnvelope envelope( "QPE/System", "forceQuit()" ); | 1909 | { QCopEnvelope envelope( "QPE/System", "forceQuit()" ); |
1907 | } | 1910 | } |
1908 | processEvents(); // ensure the message goes out. | 1911 | processEvents(); // ensure the message goes out. |
1909 | } | 1912 | } |
1910 | 1913 | ||
1911 | /*! | 1914 | /*! |
1912 | \internal | 1915 | \internal |
1913 | */ | 1916 | */ |
1914 | void QPEApplication::shutdown() | 1917 | void QPEApplication::shutdown() |
1915 | { | 1918 | { |
1916 | // Implement in server's QPEApplication subclass | 1919 | // Implement in server's QPEApplication subclass |
1917 | } | 1920 | } |
1918 | 1921 | ||
1919 | /*! | 1922 | /*! |
1920 | \internal | 1923 | \internal |
1921 | */ | 1924 | */ |
1922 | void QPEApplication::restart() | 1925 | void QPEApplication::restart() |
1923 | { | 1926 | { |
1924 | // Implement in server's QPEApplication subclass | 1927 | // Implement in server's QPEApplication subclass |
1925 | } | 1928 | } |
1926 | 1929 | ||
1927 | static QPtrDict<void>* stylusDict = 0; | 1930 | static QPtrDict<void>* stylusDict = 0; |
1928 | static void createDict() | 1931 | static void createDict() |
1929 | { | 1932 | { |
1930 | if ( !stylusDict ) | 1933 | if ( !stylusDict ) |
1931 | stylusDict = new QPtrDict<void>; | 1934 | stylusDict = new QPtrDict<void>; |
1932 | } | 1935 | } |
1933 | 1936 | ||
1934 | /*! | 1937 | /*! |
1935 | Returns the current StylusMode for widget \a w. | 1938 | Returns the current StylusMode for widget \a w. |
1936 | 1939 | ||
1937 | \sa setStylusOperation() StylusMode | 1940 | \sa setStylusOperation() StylusMode |
1938 | */ | 1941 | */ |
1939 | QPEApplication::StylusMode QPEApplication::stylusOperation( QWidget* w ) | 1942 | QPEApplication::StylusMode QPEApplication::stylusOperation( QWidget* w ) |
1940 | { | 1943 | { |
1941 | if ( stylusDict ) | 1944 | if ( stylusDict ) |
1942 | return ( StylusMode ) ( int ) stylusDict->find( w ); | 1945 | return ( StylusMode ) ( int ) stylusDict->find( w ); |
1943 | return LeftOnly; | 1946 | return LeftOnly; |
1944 | } | 1947 | } |
1945 | 1948 | ||
1946 | /*! | 1949 | /*! |
1947 | \enum QPEApplication::StylusMode | 1950 | \enum QPEApplication::StylusMode |
1948 | 1951 | ||
1949 | \value LeftOnly the stylus only generates LeftButton | 1952 | \value LeftOnly the stylus only generates LeftButton |
1950 | events (the default). | 1953 | events (the default). |
1951 | \value RightOnHold the stylus generates RightButton events | 1954 | \value RightOnHold the stylus generates RightButton events |
1952 | if the user uses the press-and-hold gesture. | 1955 | if the user uses the press-and-hold gesture. |
1953 | 1956 | ||
1954 | \sa setStylusOperation() stylusOperation() | 1957 | \sa setStylusOperation() stylusOperation() |
1955 | */ | 1958 | */ |
1956 | 1959 | ||
1957 | /*! | 1960 | /*! |
1958 | Causes widget \a w to receive mouse events according to the stylus | 1961 | Causes widget \a w to receive mouse events according to the stylus |
1959 | \a mode. | 1962 | \a mode. |
1960 | 1963 | ||
1961 | \sa stylusOperation() StylusMode | 1964 | \sa stylusOperation() StylusMode |
1962 | */ | 1965 | */ |
1963 | void QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( QWidget * w, StylusMode mode ) | 1966 | void QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( QWidget * w, StylusMode mode ) |
1964 | { | 1967 | { |
1965 | createDict(); | 1968 | createDict(); |
1966 | if ( mode == LeftOnly ) { | 1969 | if ( mode == LeftOnly ) { |
1967 | stylusDict->remove | 1970 | stylusDict->remove |
1968 | ( w ); | 1971 | ( w ); |
1969 | w->removeEventFilter( qApp ); | 1972 | w->removeEventFilter( qApp ); |
1970 | } | 1973 | } |
1971 | else { | 1974 | else { |
1972 | stylusDict->insert( w, ( void* ) mode ); | 1975 | stylusDict->insert( w, ( void* ) mode ); |
1973 | connect( w, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), qApp, SLOT( removeSenderFromStylusDict() ) ); | 1976 | connect( w, SIGNAL( destroyed() ), qApp, SLOT( removeSenderFromStylusDict() ) ); |
1974 | w->installEventFilter( qApp ); | 1977 | w->installEventFilter( qApp ); |
1975 | } | 1978 | } |
1976 | } | 1979 | } |
1977 | 1980 | ||
1978 | 1981 | ||
1979 | /*! | 1982 | /*! |
1980 | \reimp | 1983 | \reimp |
1981 | */ | 1984 | */ |
1982 | bool QPEApplication::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e ) | 1985 | bool QPEApplication::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e ) |
1983 | { | 1986 | { |
1984 | if ( !o->isWidgetType() ) | 1987 | if ( !o->isWidgetType() ) |
1985 | return FALSE; | 1988 | return FALSE; |
1986 | 1989 | ||
1987 | if ( stylusDict && e->type() >= QEvent::MouseButtonPress && e->type() <= QEvent::MouseMove ) { | 1990 | if ( stylusDict && e->type() >= QEvent::MouseButtonPress && e->type() <= QEvent::MouseMove ) { |
1988 | QMouseEvent * me = ( QMouseEvent* ) e; | 1991 | QMouseEvent * me = ( QMouseEvent* ) e; |
1989 | StylusMode mode = (StylusMode)(int)stylusDict->find(o); | 1992 | StylusMode mode = (StylusMode)(int)stylusDict->find(o); |
1990 | switch (mode) { | 1993 | switch (mode) { |
1991 | case RightOnHold: | 1994 | case RightOnHold: |
1992 | switch ( me->type() ) { | 1995 | switch ( me->type() ) { |
1993 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: | 1996 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: |
1994 | if ( me->button() == LeftButton ) { | 1997 | if ( me->button() == LeftButton ) { |
1995 | static long Pref = 500; // #### pref. | 1998 | static long Pref = 500; // #### pref. |
1996 | d->presswidget = (QWidget*)o; | 1999 | d->presswidget = (QWidget*)o; |
1997 | d->presspos = me->pos(); | 2000 | d->presspos = me->pos(); |
1998 | d->rightpressed = FALSE; | 2001 | d->rightpressed = FALSE; |
1999 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK | 2002 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK |
2000 | if( ! d->RoH ) | 2003 | if( ! d->RoH ) |
2001 | d->RoH = new Opie::Internal::RoHFeedback; | 2004 | d->RoH = new Opie::Internal::RoHFeedback; |
2002 | 2005 | ||
2003 | d->RoH->init( me->globalPos(), d->presswidget ); | 2006 | d->RoH->init( me->globalPos(), d->presswidget ); |
2004 | Pref = d->RoH->delay(); | 2007 | Pref = d->RoH->delay(); |
2005 | 2008 | ||
2006 | #endif | 2009 | #endif |
2007 | if (!d->presstimer ) | 2010 | if (!d->presstimer ) |
2008 | d->presstimer = startTimer( Pref ); // #### pref. | 2011 | d->presstimer = startTimer( Pref ); // #### pref. |
2009 | 2012 | ||
2010 | } | 2013 | } |
2011 | break; | 2014 | break; |
2012 | case QEvent::MouseMove: | 2015 | case QEvent::MouseMove: |
2013 | if (d->presstimer && (me->pos() - d->presspos).manhattanLength() > 8) { | 2016 | if (d->presstimer && (me->pos() - d->presspos).manhattanLength() > 8) { |
2014 | killTimer(d->presstimer); | 2017 | killTimer(d->presstimer); |
2015 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK | 2018 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK |
2016 | d->RoH->stop(); | 2019 | d->RoH->stop(); |
2017 | #endif | 2020 | #endif |
2018 | d->presstimer = 0; | 2021 | d->presstimer = 0; |
2019 | } | 2022 | } |
2020 | break; | 2023 | break; |
2021 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: | 2024 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: |
2022 | if ( me->button() == LeftButton ) { | 2025 | if ( me->button() == LeftButton ) { |
2023 | if ( d->presstimer ) { | 2026 | if ( d->presstimer ) { |
2024 | killTimer(d->presstimer); | 2027 | killTimer(d->presstimer); |
2025 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK | 2028 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK |
2026 | d->RoH->stop( ); | 2029 | d->RoH->stop( ); |
2027 | #endif | 2030 | #endif |
2028 | d->presstimer = 0; | 2031 | d->presstimer = 0; |
2029 | } | 2032 | } |
2030 | if ( d->rightpressed && d->presswidget ) { | 2033 | if ( d->rightpressed && d->presswidget ) { |
2031 | printf( "Send ButtonRelease\n" ); | 2034 | printf( "Send ButtonRelease\n" ); |
2032 | // Right released | 2035 | // Right released |
2033 | postEvent( d->presswidget, | 2036 | postEvent( d->presswidget, |
2034 | new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, me->pos(), | 2037 | new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, me->pos(), |
2035 | RightButton, LeftButton + RightButton ) ); | 2038 | RightButton, LeftButton + RightButton ) ); |
2036 | // Left released, off-widget | 2039 | // Left released, off-widget |
2037 | postEvent( d->presswidget, | 2040 | postEvent( d->presswidget, |
2038 | new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseMove, QPoint( -1, -1), | 2041 | new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseMove, QPoint( -1, -1), |
2039 | LeftButton, LeftButton ) ); | 2042 | LeftButton, LeftButton ) ); |
2040 | postEvent( d->presswidget, | 2043 | postEvent( d->presswidget, |
2041 | new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, QPoint( -1, -1), | 2044 | new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonRelease, QPoint( -1, -1), |
2042 | LeftButton, LeftButton ) ); | 2045 | LeftButton, LeftButton ) ); |
2043 | d->rightpressed = FALSE; | 2046 | d->rightpressed = FALSE; |
2044 | return TRUE; // don't send the real Left release | 2047 | return TRUE; // don't send the real Left release |
2045 | } | 2048 | } |
2046 | } | 2049 | } |
2047 | break; | 2050 | break; |
2048 | default: | 2051 | default: |
2049 | break; | 2052 | break; |
2050 | } | 2053 | } |
2051 | break; | 2054 | break; |
2052 | default: | 2055 | default: |
2053 | ; | 2056 | ; |
2054 | } | 2057 | } |
2055 | } | 2058 | } |
2056 | else if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease ) { | 2059 | else if ( e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease ) { |
2057 | QKeyEvent *ke = (QKeyEvent *)e; | 2060 | QKeyEvent *ke = (QKeyEvent *)e; |
2058 | if ( ke->key() == Key_Enter ) { | 2061 | if ( ke->key() == Key_Enter ) { |
2059 | if ( o->isA( "QRadioButton" ) || o->isA( "QCheckBox" ) ) { | 2062 | if ( o->isA( "QRadioButton" ) || o->isA( "QCheckBox" ) ) { |
2060 | postEvent( o, new QKeyEvent( e->type(), Key_Space, ' ', | 2063 | postEvent( o, new QKeyEvent( e->type(), Key_Space, ' ', |
2061 | ke->state(), " ", ke->isAutoRepeat(), ke->count() ) ); | 2064 | ke->state(), " ", ke->isAutoRepeat(), ke->count() ) ); |
2062 | return TRUE; | 2065 | return TRUE; |
2063 | } | 2066 | } |
2064 | } | 2067 | } |
2065 | } | 2068 | } |
2066 | return FALSE; | 2069 | return FALSE; |
2067 | } | 2070 | } |
2068 | 2071 | ||
2069 | /*! | 2072 | /*! |
2070 | \reimp | 2073 | \reimp |
2071 | */ | 2074 | */ |
2072 | void QPEApplication::timerEvent( QTimerEvent *e ) | 2075 | void QPEApplication::timerEvent( QTimerEvent *e ) |
2073 | { | 2076 | { |
2074 | if ( e->timerId() == d->presstimer && d->presswidget ) { | 2077 | if ( e->timerId() == d->presstimer && d->presswidget ) { |
2075 | 2078 | ||
2076 | // Right pressed | 2079 | // Right pressed |
2077 | postEvent( d->presswidget, | 2080 | postEvent( d->presswidget, |
2078 | new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonPress, d->presspos, | 2081 | new QMouseEvent( QEvent::MouseButtonPress, d->presspos, |
2079 | RightButton, LeftButton ) ); | 2082 | RightButton, LeftButton ) ); |
2080 | killTimer( d->presstimer ); | 2083 | killTimer( d->presstimer ); |
2081 | d->presstimer = 0; | 2084 | d->presstimer = 0; |
2082 | d->rightpressed = TRUE; | 2085 | d->rightpressed = TRUE; |
2083 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK | 2086 | #ifdef OPIE_WITHROHFEEDBACK |
2084 | d->RoH->stop(); | 2087 | d->RoH->stop(); |
2085 | #endif | 2088 | #endif |
2086 | } | 2089 | } |
2087 | } | 2090 | } |
2088 | 2091 | ||
2089 | void QPEApplication::removeSenderFromStylusDict() | 2092 | void QPEApplication::removeSenderFromStylusDict() |
2090 | { | 2093 | { |
2091 | stylusDict->remove | 2094 | stylusDict->remove |
2092 | ( ( void* ) sender() ); | 2095 | ( ( void* ) sender() ); |
2093 | if ( d->presswidget == sender() ) | 2096 | if ( d->presswidget == sender() ) |
2094 | d->presswidget = 0; | 2097 | d->presswidget = 0; |
2095 | } | 2098 | } |
2096 | 2099 | ||
2097 | /*! | 2100 | /*! |
2098 | \internal | 2101 | \internal |
2099 | */ | 2102 | */ |
2100 | bool QPEApplication::keyboardGrabbed() const | 2103 | bool QPEApplication::keyboardGrabbed() const |
2101 | { | 2104 | { |
2102 | return d->kbgrabbed; | 2105 | return d->kbgrabbed; |
2103 | } | 2106 | } |
2104 | 2107 | ||
2105 | 2108 | ||
2106 | /*! | 2109 | /*! |
2107 | Reverses the effect of grabKeyboard(). This is called automatically | 2110 | Reverses the effect of grabKeyboard(). This is called automatically |
2108 | on program exit. | 2111 | on program exit. |
2109 | */ | 2112 | */ |
2110 | void QPEApplication::ungrabKeyboard() | 2113 | void QPEApplication::ungrabKeyboard() |
2111 | { | 2114 | { |
2112 | ((QPEApplication *) qApp )-> d-> kbgrabbed = false; | 2115 | ((QPEApplication *) qApp )-> d-> kbgrabbed = false; |
2113 | } | 2116 | } |
2114 | 2117 | ||
2115 | /*! | 2118 | /*! |
2116 | Grabs the physical keyboard keys, e.g. the application's launching | 2119 | Grabs the physical keyboard keys, e.g. the application's launching |
2117 | keys. Instead of launching applications when these keys are pressed | 2120 | keys. Instead of launching applications when these keys are pressed |
2118 | the signals emitted are sent to this application instead. Some games | 2121 | the signals emitted are sent to this application instead. Some games |
2119 | programs take over the launch keys in this way to make interaction | 2122 | programs take over the launch keys in this way to make interaction |
2120 | easier. | 2123 | easier. |
2121 | 2124 | ||
2122 | \sa ungrabKeyboard() | 2125 | \sa ungrabKeyboard() |
2123 | */ | 2126 | */ |
2124 | void QPEApplication::grabKeyboard() | 2127 | void QPEApplication::grabKeyboard() |
2125 | { | 2128 | { |
2126 | ((QPEApplication *) qApp )-> d-> kbgrabbed = true; | 2129 | ((QPEApplication *) qApp )-> d-> kbgrabbed = true; |
2127 | } | 2130 | } |
2128 | 2131 | ||
2129 | /*! | 2132 | /*! |
2130 | \reimp | 2133 | \reimp |
2131 | */ | 2134 | */ |
2132 | int QPEApplication::exec() | 2135 | int QPEApplication::exec() |
2133 | { | 2136 | { |
2134 | d->qcopQok = true; | 2137 | d->qcopQok = true; |
2135 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 2138 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
2136 | d->sendQCopQ(); | 2139 | d->sendQCopQ(); |
2137 | if ( !d->keep_running ) | 2140 | if ( !d->keep_running ) |
2138 | processEvents(); // we may have received QCop messages in the meantime. | 2141 | processEvents(); // we may have received QCop messages in the meantime. |
2139 | #endif | 2142 | #endif |
2140 | 2143 | ||
2141 | if ( d->keep_running ) | 2144 | if ( d->keep_running ) |
2142 | //|| d->qpe_main_widget && d->qpe_main_widget->isVisible() ) | 2145 | //|| d->qpe_main_widget && d->qpe_main_widget->isVisible() ) |
2143 | return QApplication::exec(); | 2146 | return QApplication::exec(); |
2144 | 2147 | ||
2145 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 2148 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
2146 | 2149 | ||
2147 | { | 2150 | { |
2148 | QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "closing(QString)" ); | 2151 | QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "closing(QString)" ); |
2149 | e << d->appName; | 2152 | e << d->appName; |
2150 | } | 2153 | } |
2151 | #endif | 2154 | #endif |
2152 | processEvents(); | 2155 | processEvents(); |
2153 | return 0; | 2156 | return 0; |
2154 | } | 2157 | } |
2155 | 2158 | ||
2156 | /*! | 2159 | /*! |
2157 | \internal | 2160 | \internal |
2158 | External request for application to quit. Quits if possible without | 2161 | External request for application to quit. Quits if possible without |
2159 | loosing state. | 2162 | loosing state. |
2160 | */ | 2163 | */ |
2161 | void QPEApplication::tryQuit() | 2164 | void QPEApplication::tryQuit() |
2162 | { | 2165 | { |
2163 | if ( activeModalWidget() ) | 2166 | if ( activeModalWidget() ) |
2164 | return ; // Inside modal loop or konsole. Too hard to save state. | 2167 | return ; // Inside modal loop or konsole. Too hard to save state. |
2165 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 2168 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
2166 | 2169 | ||
2167 | { | 2170 | { |
2168 | QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "closing(QString)" ); | 2171 | QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "closing(QString)" ); |
2169 | e << d->appName; | 2172 | e << d->appName; |
2170 | } | 2173 | } |
2171 | #endif | 2174 | #endif |
2172 | if ( d->keep_running ) | 2175 | if ( d->keep_running ) |
2173 | d->store_widget_rect(d->qpe_main_widget, d->appName); | 2176 | d->store_widget_rect(d->qpe_main_widget, d->appName); |
2174 | processEvents(); | 2177 | processEvents(); |
2175 | 2178 | ||
2176 | quit(); | 2179 | quit(); |
2177 | } | 2180 | } |
2178 | 2181 | ||
2179 | 2182 | ||
2180 | /*! | 2183 | /*! |
2181 | \internal | 2184 | \internal |
2182 | User initiated quit. Makes the window 'Go Away'. If preloaded this means | 2185 | User initiated quit. Makes the window 'Go Away'. If preloaded this means |
2183 | hiding the window. If not it means quitting the application. | 2186 | hiding the window. If not it means quitting the application. |
2184 | As this is user initiated we don't need to check state. | 2187 | As this is user initiated we don't need to check state. |
2185 | */ | 2188 | */ |
2186 | void QPEApplication::hideOrQuit() | 2189 | void QPEApplication::hideOrQuit() |
2187 | { | 2190 | { |
2188 | if ( d->keep_running ) | 2191 | if ( d->keep_running ) |
2189 | d->store_widget_rect(d->qpe_main_widget, d->appName); | 2192 | d->store_widget_rect(d->qpe_main_widget, d->appName); |
2190 | processEvents(); | 2193 | processEvents(); |
2191 | 2194 | ||
2192 | // If we are a preloaded application we don't actually quit, so emit | 2195 | // If we are a preloaded application we don't actually quit, so emit |
2193 | // a System message indicating we're quasi-closing. | 2196 | // a System message indicating we're quasi-closing. |
2194 | if ( d->preloaded && d->qpe_main_widget ) | 2197 | if ( d->preloaded && d->qpe_main_widget ) |
2195 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP | 2198 | #ifndef QT_NO_COP |
2196 | 2199 | ||
2197 | { | 2200 | { |
2198 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppHiding(QString)" ); | 2201 | QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppHiding(QString)" ); |
2199 | e << d->appName; | 2202 | e << d->appName; |
2200 | d->qpe_main_widget->hide(); | 2203 | d->qpe_main_widget->hide(); |
2201 | } | 2204 | } |
2202 | #endif | 2205 | #endif |
2203 | else | 2206 | else |
2204 | quit(); | 2207 | quit(); |
2205 | } | 2208 | } |
2206 | 2209 | ||
2207 | #if (__GNUC__ > 2 ) | 2210 | #if (__GNUC__ > 2 ) |
2208 | extern "C" void __cxa_pure_virtual(); | 2211 | extern "C" void __cxa_pure_virtual(); |
2209 | 2212 | ||
2210 | void __cxa_pure_virtual() | 2213 | void __cxa_pure_virtual() |
2211 | { | 2214 | { |
2212 | fprintf( stderr, "Pure virtual called\n"); | 2215 | fprintf( stderr, "Pure virtual called\n"); |
2213 | abort(); | 2216 | abort(); |
2214 | 2217 | ||
2215 | } | 2218 | } |
2216 | 2219 | ||
2217 | #endif | 2220 | #endif |
2218 | 2221 | ||
2219 | 2222 | ||
2220 | #if defined(OPIE_NEW_MALLOC) | 2223 | #if defined(OPIE_NEW_MALLOC) |
2221 | 2224 | ||
2222 | // The libraries with the skiff package (and possibly others) have | 2225 | // The libraries with the skiff package (and possibly others) have |
2223 | // completely useless implementations of builtin new and delete that | 2226 | // completely useless implementations of builtin new and delete that |
2224 | // use about 50% of your CPU. Here we revert to the simple libc | 2227 | // use about 50% of your CPU. Here we revert to the simple libc |
2225 | // functions. | 2228 | // functions. |
2226 | 2229 | ||
2227 | void* operator new[]( size_t size ) | 2230 | void* operator new[]( size_t size ) |
2228 | { | 2231 | { |
2229 | return malloc( size ); | 2232 | return malloc( size ); |
2230 | } | 2233 | } |
2231 | 2234 | ||
2232 | void* operator new( size_t size ) | 2235 | void* operator new( size_t size ) |
2233 | { | 2236 | { |
2234 | return malloc( size ); | 2237 | return malloc( size ); |
2235 | } | 2238 | } |
2236 | 2239 | ||
2237 | void operator delete[]( void* p ) | 2240 | void operator delete[]( void* p ) |
2238 | { | 2241 | { |
2239 | if ( p ) | 2242 | if ( p ) |
2240 | free( p ); | 2243 | free( p ); |
2241 | } | 2244 | } |
2242 | 2245 | ||
2243 | void operator delete[]( void* p, size_t /*size*/ ) | 2246 | void operator delete[]( void* p, size_t /*size*/ ) |
2244 | { | 2247 | { |
2245 | if ( p ) | 2248 | if ( p ) |
2246 | free( p ); | 2249 | free( p ); |
2247 | } | 2250 | } |
2248 | 2251 | ||
2249 | 2252 | ||
2250 | void operator delete( void* p ) | 2253 | void operator delete( void* p ) |
2251 | { | 2254 | { |
2252 | if ( p ) | 2255 | if ( p ) |
2253 | free( p ); | 2256 | free( p ); |
2254 | } | 2257 | } |
2255 | 2258 | ||
2256 | void operator delete( void* p, size_t /*size*/ ) | 2259 | void operator delete( void* p, size_t /*size*/ ) |
2257 | { | 2260 | { |
2258 | if ( p ) | 2261 | if ( p ) |
2259 | free( p ); | 2262 | free( p ); |
2260 | } | 2263 | } |
2261 | 2264 | ||
2262 | #endif | 2265 | #endif |
2263 | 2266 | ||
2264 | #if ( QT_VERSION <= 230 ) && !defined(SINGLE_APP) | 2267 | #if ( QT_VERSION <= 230 ) && !defined(SINGLE_APP) |
2265 | #include <qwidgetlist.h> | 2268 | #include <qwidgetlist.h> |
2266 | #ifdef QWS | 2269 | #ifdef QWS |
2267 | #include <qgfx_qws.h> | 2270 | #include <qgfx_qws.h> |
2268 | extern QRect qt_maxWindowRect; | 2271 | extern QRect qt_maxWindowRect; |
2269 | void qt_setMaxWindowRect(const QRect& r ) | 2272 | void qt_setMaxWindowRect(const QRect& r ) |
2270 | { | 2273 | { |
2271 | qt_maxWindowRect = qt_screen->mapFromDevice( r, | 2274 | qt_maxWindowRect = qt_screen->mapFromDevice( r, |
2272 | qt_screen->mapToDevice( QSize( qt_screen->width(), qt_screen->height() ) ) ); | 2275 | qt_screen->mapToDevice( QSize( qt_screen->width(), qt_screen->height() ) ) ); |
2273 | // Re-resize any maximized windows | 2276 | // Re-resize any maximized windows |
2274 | QWidgetList* l = QApplication::topLevelWidgets(); | 2277 | QWidgetList* l = QApplication::topLevelWidgets(); |
2275 | if ( l ) { | 2278 | if ( l ) { |
2276 | QWidget * w = l->first(); | 2279 | QWidget * w = l->first(); |
2277 | while ( w ) { | 2280 | while ( w ) { |
2278 | if ( w->isVisible() && w->isMaximized() ) { | 2281 | if ( w->isVisible() && w->isMaximized() ) { |
2279 | w->showMaximized(); | 2282 | w->showMaximized(); |
2280 | } | 2283 | } |
2281 | w = l->next(); | 2284 | w = l->next(); |
2282 | } | 2285 | } |
2283 | delete l; | 2286 | delete l; |
2284 | } | 2287 | } |
2285 | } | 2288 | } |
2286 | #endif | 2289 | #endif |
2287 | #endif | 2290 | #endif |
diff --git a/library/qpeapplication.h b/library/qpeapplication.h index 167fe69..cff3e43 100644 --- a/library/qpeapplication.h +++ b/library/qpeapplication.h | |||
@@ -1,239 +1,242 @@ | |||
1 | /********************************************************************** | 1 | /********************************************************************** |
2 | ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. | 2 | ** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. |
3 | ** | 3 | ** |
4 | ** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. | 4 | ** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. |
5 | ** | 5 | ** |
6 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the | 6 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the |
7 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software | 7 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software |
8 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the | 8 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the |
9 | ** packaging of this file. | 9 | ** packaging of this file. |
10 | ** | 10 | ** |
11 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE | 11 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE |
12 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | 12 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. |
13 | ** | 13 | ** |
14 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. | 14 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. |
15 | ** | 15 | ** |
16 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are | 16 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are |
17 | ** not clear to you. | 17 | ** not clear to you. |
18 | ** | 18 | ** |
19 | **********************************************************************/ | 19 | **********************************************************************/ |
20 | #ifndef __QPE_APPLICATION_H__ | 20 | #ifndef __QPE_APPLICATION_H__ |
21 | #define __QPE_APPLICATION_H__ | 21 | #define __QPE_APPLICATION_H__ |
22 | 22 | ||
23 | #include <stdlib.h> // for setenv() | 23 | #include <stdlib.h> // for setenv() |
24 | 24 | ||
25 | #include <qglobal.h> | 25 | #include <qglobal.h> |
26 | #include <qapplication.h> | 26 | #include <qapplication.h> |
27 | #include <qdialog.h> | 27 | #include <qdialog.h> |
28 | #include <qwsdisplay_qws.h> | 28 | #include <qwsdisplay_qws.h> |
29 | #if defined(_WS_QWS_) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS) | 29 | #if defined(_WS_QWS_) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS) |
30 | #define Q_WS_QWS | 30 | #define Q_WS_QWS |
31 | #endif | 31 | #endif |
32 | #include "qpedecoration_qws.h" | 32 | #include "qpedecoration_qws.h" |
33 | #include "timestring.h" | 33 | #include "timestring.h" |
34 | #include "qpeglobal.h" | 34 | #include "qpeglobal.h" |
35 | 35 | ||
36 | class QCopChannel; | 36 | class QCopChannel; |
37 | class QPEApplicationData; | 37 | class QPEApplicationData; |
38 | class QWSEvent; | 38 | class QWSEvent; |
39 | class QWSKeyEvent; | 39 | class QWSKeyEvent; |
40 | 40 | ||
41 | /** | 41 | /** |
42 | \brief The QPEApplication class implements various system services | 42 | \brief The QPEApplication class implements various system services |
43 | that are available to all Qtopia applications. | 43 | that are available to all Qtopia applications. |
44 | 44 | ||
45 | Simply by using QPEApplication instead of QApplication, a standard Qt | 45 | Simply by using QPEApplication instead of QApplication, a standard Qt |
46 | application becomes a Qtopia application. It automatically follows | 46 | application becomes a Qtopia application. It automatically follows |
47 | style changes, quits and raises, and in the | 47 | style changes, quits and raises, and in the |
48 | case of \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink applications, | 48 | case of \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink applications, |
49 | changes the currently displayed document in response to the environment. | 49 | changes the currently displayed document in response to the environment. |
50 | 50 | ||
51 | To create a \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink | 51 | To create a \link docwidget.html document-oriented\endlink |
52 | application use showMainDocumentWidget(); to create a | 52 | application use showMainDocumentWidget(); to create a |
53 | non-document-oriented application use showMainWidget(). The | 53 | non-document-oriented application use showMainWidget(). The |
54 | keepRunning() function indicates whether the application will | 54 | keepRunning() function indicates whether the application will |
55 | continue running after it's processed the last \link qcop.html | 55 | continue running after it's processed the last \link qcop.html |
56 | QCop\endlink message. This can be changed using setKeepRunning(). | 56 | QCop\endlink message. This can be changed using setKeepRunning(). |
57 | 57 | ||
58 | A variety of signals are emitted when certain events occur, for | 58 | A variety of signals are emitted when certain events occur, for |
59 | example, timeChanged(), clockChanged(), weekChanged(), | 59 | example, timeChanged(), clockChanged(), weekChanged(), |
60 | dateFormatChanged() and volumeChanged(). If the application receives | 60 | dateFormatChanged() and volumeChanged(). If the application receives |
61 | a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink message on the application's | 61 | a \link qcop.html QCop\endlink message on the application's |
62 | QPE/Application/\e{appname} channel, the appMessage() signal is | 62 | QPE/Application/\e{appname} channel, the appMessage() signal is |
63 | emitted. There are also flush() and reload() signals, which | 63 | emitted. There are also flush() and reload() signals, which |
64 | are emitted when synching begins and ends respectively - upon these | 64 | are emitted when synching begins and ends respectively - upon these |
65 | signals, the application should save and reload any data | 65 | signals, the application should save and reload any data |
66 | files that are involved in synching. Most of these signals will initially | 66 | files that are involved in synching. Most of these signals will initially |
67 | be received and unfiltered through the appMessage() signal. | 67 | be received and unfiltered through the appMessage() signal. |
68 | 68 | ||
69 | This class also provides a set of useful static functions. The | 69 | This class also provides a set of useful static functions. The |
70 | qpeDir() and documentDir() functions return the respective paths. | 70 | qpeDir() and documentDir() functions return the respective paths. |
71 | The grabKeyboard() and ungrabKeyboard() functions are used to | 71 | The grabKeyboard() and ungrabKeyboard() functions are used to |
72 | control whether the application takes control of the device's | 72 | control whether the application takes control of the device's |
73 | physical buttons (e.g. application launch keys). The stylus' mode of | 73 | physical buttons (e.g. application launch keys). The stylus' mode of |
74 | operation is set with setStylusOperation() and retrieved with | 74 | operation is set with setStylusOperation() and retrieved with |
75 | stylusOperation(). There are also setInputMethodHint() and | 75 | stylusOperation(). There are also setInputMethodHint() and |
76 | inputMethodHint() functions. | 76 | inputMethodHint() functions. |
77 | 77 | ||
78 | \ingroup qtopiaemb | 78 | \ingroup qtopiaemb |
79 | */ | 79 | */ |
80 | class QPEApplication : public QApplication | 80 | class QPEApplication : public QApplication |
81 | { | 81 | { |
82 | Q_OBJECT | 82 | Q_OBJECT |
83 | public: | 83 | public: |
84 | QPEApplication( int& argc, char **argv, Type=GuiClient ); | 84 | QPEApplication( int& argc, char **argv, Type=GuiClient ); |
85 | ~QPEApplication(); | 85 | ~QPEApplication(); |
86 | 86 | ||
87 | static QString qpeDir(); | 87 | static QString qpeDir(); |
88 | static QString documentDir(); | 88 | static QString documentDir(); |
89 | void applyStyle(); | 89 | void applyStyle(); |
90 | void reset(); | 90 | void reset(); |
91 | static int defaultRotation(); | 91 | static int defaultRotation(); |
92 | static void setDefaultRotation(int r); | 92 | static void setDefaultRotation(int r); |
93 | static void setCurrentRotation(int r); | 93 | static void setCurrentRotation(int r); |
94 | static void setCurrentMode(int x, int y, int depth ); | 94 | static void setCurrentMode(int x, int y, int depth ); |
95 | static void grabKeyboard(); | 95 | static void grabKeyboard(); |
96 | static void ungrabKeyboard(); | 96 | static void ungrabKeyboard(); |
97 | 97 | ||
98 | enum StylusMode { | 98 | enum StylusMode { |
99 | LeftOnly, | 99 | LeftOnly, |
100 | RightOnHold | 100 | RightOnHold |
101 | // RightOnHoldLeftDelayed, etc. | 101 | // RightOnHoldLeftDelayed, etc. |
102 | }; | 102 | }; |
103 | static void setStylusOperation( QWidget*, StylusMode ); | 103 | static void setStylusOperation( QWidget*, StylusMode ); |
104 | static StylusMode stylusOperation( QWidget* ); | 104 | static StylusMode stylusOperation( QWidget* ); |
105 | 105 | ||
106 | enum InputMethodHint { | 106 | enum InputMethodHint { |
107 | Normal, | 107 | Normal, |
108 | AlwaysOff, | 108 | AlwaysOff, |
109 | AlwaysOn | 109 | AlwaysOn |
110 | }; | 110 | }; |
111 | 111 | ||
112 | enum screenSaverHint { | 112 | enum screenSaverHint { |
113 | Disable = 0, | 113 | Disable = 0, |
114 | DisableLightOff = 1, | 114 | DisableLightOff = 1, |
115 | DisableSuspend = 2, | 115 | DisableSuspend = 2, |
116 | Enable = 100 | 116 | Enable = 100 |
117 | }; | 117 | }; |
118 | 118 | ||
119 | static void setInputMethodHint( QWidget *, InputMethodHint ); | 119 | static void setInputMethodHint( QWidget *, InputMethodHint ); |
120 | static InputMethodHint inputMethodHint( QWidget * ); | 120 | static InputMethodHint inputMethodHint( QWidget * ); |
121 | 121 | ||
122 | void showMainWidget( QWidget*, bool nomax=FALSE ); | 122 | void showMainWidget( QWidget*, bool nomax=FALSE ); |
123 | void showMainDocumentWidget( QWidget*, bool nomax=FALSE ); | 123 | void showMainDocumentWidget( QWidget*, bool nomax=FALSE ); |
124 | 124 | ||
125 | static void showDialog( QDialog*, bool nomax=FALSE ) QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL; | 125 | static void showDialog( QDialog*, bool nomax=FALSE ) QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL; |
126 | static int execDialog ( QDialog*, bool nomax=FALSE ) QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL; | 126 | static int execDialog ( QDialog*, bool nomax=FALSE ) QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL; |
127 | static void showWidget( QWidget*, bool nomax=FALSE ) QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL; | 127 | static void showWidget( QWidget*, bool nomax=FALSE ) QPE_WEAK_SYMBOL; |
128 | /* Merge setTempScreenSaverMode */ | 128 | /* Merge setTempScreenSaverMode */ |
129 | #ifdef QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP | 129 | #ifdef QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP |
130 | void initApp( int argv, char **argv ); | 130 | void initApp( int argv, char **argv ); |
131 | #endif | 131 | #endif |
132 | 132 | ||
133 | static void setKeepRunning(); | 133 | static void setKeepRunning(); |
134 | bool keepRunning() const; | 134 | bool keepRunning() const; |
135 | 135 | ||
136 | bool keyboardGrabbed() const; | 136 | bool keyboardGrabbed() const; |
137 | 137 | ||
138 | int exec(); | 138 | int exec(); |
139 | 139 | ||
140 | signals: | 140 | signals: |
141 | void clientMoused(); | 141 | void clientMoused(); |
142 | void timeChanged(); | 142 | void timeChanged(); |
143 | void clockChanged( bool pm ); | 143 | void clockChanged( bool pm ); |
144 | void micChanged( bool muted ); | 144 | void micChanged( bool muted ); |
145 | void volumeChanged( bool muted ); | 145 | void volumeChanged( bool muted ); |
146 | void appMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data); | 146 | void appMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data); |
147 | void weekChanged( bool startOnMonday ); | 147 | void weekChanged( bool startOnMonday ); |
148 | void dateFormatChanged( DateFormat ); | 148 | void dateFormatChanged( DateFormat ); |
149 | void flush(); | 149 | void flush(); |
150 | void reload(); | 150 | void reload(); |
151 | /* linkChanged signal */ | 151 | /* linkChanged signal */ |
152 | 152 | ||
153 | private slots: | 153 | private slots: |
154 | void systemMessage( const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &data ); | 154 | void systemMessage( const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &data ); |
155 | void pidMessage( const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &data ); | 155 | void pidMessage( const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &data ); |
156 | void removeSenderFromStylusDict(); | 156 | void removeSenderFromStylusDict(); |
157 | void hideOrQuit(); | 157 | void hideOrQuit(); |
158 | 158 | ||
159 | protected: | 159 | protected: |
160 | bool qwsEventFilter( QWSEvent * ); | 160 | bool qwsEventFilter( QWSEvent * ); |
161 | void internalSetStyle( const QString &style ); | 161 | void internalSetStyle( const QString &style ); |
162 | void prepareForTermination(bool willrestart); | 162 | void prepareForTermination(bool willrestart); |
163 | virtual void restart(); | 163 | virtual void restart(); |
164 | virtual void shutdown(); | 164 | virtual void shutdown(); |
165 | bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ); | 165 | bool eventFilter( QObject *, QEvent * ); |
166 | void timerEvent( QTimerEvent * ); | 166 | void timerEvent( QTimerEvent * ); |
167 | bool raiseAppropriateWindow(); | 167 | bool raiseAppropriateWindow(); |
168 | virtual void tryQuit(); | 168 | virtual void tryQuit(); |
169 | private: | 169 | private: |
170 | void mapToDefaultAction( QWSKeyEvent *ke, int defKey ); | 170 | void mapToDefaultAction( QWSKeyEvent *ke, int defKey ); |
171 | void processQCopFile(); | 171 | void processQCopFile(); |
172 | 172 | ||
173 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) | 173 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) |
174 | QCopChannel *sysChannel; | 174 | QCopChannel *sysChannel; |
175 | QCopChannel *pidChannel; | 175 | QCopChannel *pidChannel; |
176 | #endif | 176 | #endif |
177 | QPEApplicationData *d; | 177 | QPEApplicationData *d; |
178 | 178 | ||
179 | bool reserved_sh; | 179 | bool reserved_sh; |
180 | 180 | ||
181 | }; | 181 | }; |
182 | 182 | ||
183 | 183 | ||
184 | 184 | ||
185 | enum Transformation { Rot0, Rot90, Rot180, Rot270 }; /* from qgfxtransformed_qws.cpp */ | 185 | enum Transformation { Rot0, Rot90, Rot180, Rot270 }; /* from qgfxtransformed_qws.cpp */ |
186 | 186 | ||
187 | inline int TransToDeg ( Transformation t ) | 187 | inline int TransToDeg ( Transformation t ) |
188 | { | 188 | { |
189 | int d = static_cast<int>( t ); | 189 | int d = static_cast<int>( t ); |
190 | return d * 90; | 190 | return d * 90; |
191 | } | 191 | } |
192 | 192 | ||
193 | inline Transformation DegToTrans ( int d ) | 193 | inline Transformation DegToTrans ( int d ) |
194 | { | 194 | { |
195 | Transformation t = static_cast<Transformation>( d / 90 ); | 195 | Transformation t = static_cast<Transformation>( d / 90 ); |
196 | return t; | 196 | return t; |
197 | } | 197 | } |
198 | 198 | ||
199 | /* | 199 | /* |
200 | * Set current rotation of Opie, and rotation for newly started apps. | 200 | * Set current rotation of Opie, and rotation for newly started apps. |
201 | * Differs from setDefaultRotation in that 1) it rotates currently running apps, | 201 | * Differs from setDefaultRotation in that 1) it rotates currently running apps, |
202 | * and 2) does not set deforient or save orientation to qpe.conf. | 202 | * and 2) does not set deforient or save orientation to qpe.conf. |
203 | */ | 203 | */ |
204 | 204 | ||
205 | inline void QPEApplication::setCurrentRotation( int r ) | 205 | inline void QPEApplication::setCurrentRotation( int r ) |
206 | { | 206 | { |
207 | // setTransformation has been introduced in Qt/Embedded 2.3.4 snapshots | 207 | // setTransformation has been introduced in Qt/Embedded 2.3.4 snapshots |
208 | // for compatibility with the SharpROM use fallback to setDefaultTransformation() | 208 | // for compatibility with the SharpROM use fallback to setDefaultTransformation() |
209 | #if QT_VERSION > 233 | 209 | #if QT_VERSION > 233 |
210 | Transformation e = DegToTrans( r ); | 210 | Transformation e = DegToTrans( r ); |
211 | ::setenv( "QWS_DISPLAY", QString( "Transformed:Rot%1:0" ).arg( r ).latin1(), 1 ); | 211 | QCString old = getenv("QWS_DISPLAY") ? getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" ) : "Transformed"; |
212 | int j = 0; | ||
213 | QString driver( old.left( ( ( j = old.find( ':' ) ) >= 0 ) ? j : old.size() ).data() ); | ||
214 | ::setenv( "QWS_DISPLAY", QString( "%1:Rot%2:0" ).arg( driver ).arg( r ).latin1(), 1 ); | ||
212 | qApp->desktop()->qwsDisplay()->setTransformation( e ); | 215 | qApp->desktop()->qwsDisplay()->setTransformation( e ); |
213 | #else | 216 | #else |
214 | setDefaultRotation( r ); | 217 | setDefaultRotation( r ); |
215 | #endif | 218 | #endif |
216 | } | 219 | } |
217 | 220 | ||
218 | /* | 221 | /* |
219 | * Qtopia 1.7 SDK compatibility macros | 222 | * Qtopia 1.7 SDK compatibility macros |
220 | * FIXME: Support Opie Quicklaunch Interface | 223 | * FIXME: Support Opie Quicklaunch Interface |
221 | */ | 224 | */ |
222 | #define QTOPIA_ADD_APPLICATION(NAME,IMPLEMENTATION) \ | 225 | #define QTOPIA_ADD_APPLICATION(NAME,IMPLEMENTATION) \ |
223 | int main( int argc, char** argv ) \ | 226 | int main( int argc, char** argv ) \ |
224 | { \ | 227 | { \ |
225 | QPEApplication app = QPEApplication( argc, argv );\ | 228 | QPEApplication app = QPEApplication( argc, argv );\ |
226 | IMPLEMENTATION* mw = new IMPLEMENTATION(); \ | 229 | IMPLEMENTATION* mw = new IMPLEMENTATION(); \ |
227 | app.showMainWidget( mw ); \ | 230 | app.showMainWidget( mw ); \ |
228 | app.exec(); \ | 231 | app.exec(); \ |
229 | } | 232 | } |
230 | #define QTOPIA_MAIN // Bee-Bop-Alula | 233 | #define QTOPIA_MAIN // Bee-Bop-Alula |
231 | 234 | ||
232 | /* | 235 | /* |
233 | * -remove me | 236 | * -remove me |
234 | */ | 237 | */ |
235 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS | 238 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS |
236 | extern Q_EXPORT QRect qt_maxWindowRect; | 239 | extern Q_EXPORT QRect qt_maxWindowRect; |
237 | #endif | 240 | #endif |
238 | 241 | ||
239 | #endif | 242 | #endif |